F31 Measurement 2 PDF

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 348

DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND

SYSTEM

Instruction Manual
Measurement (2/3)

(volume 1/2)
Instruction manuals consist of Safety
Instruction, Power Data Book, How to
Use and this manual.
Before using this system, please read
Safety Instruction.

MN1-5856 rev.1
Copyright©Hitachi Aloka Medical, Ltd. All rights reserved.

Microsoft, Windows and Windows Media are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in
the United States and/or other countries. McAfee logo and product names of McAfee are registered trademarks or
trademarks of McAfee, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. All brand name, product name,
and system name are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners. In this manual, ™ and ® are
omitted.
VS-FlexGrid Pro copyright©1999-2000 Videosoft Corporation. Portions of this software are based in part on the work
of the Independent JPEG Group.

MN1-5856 rev.1
Introduction

Introduction

This is an instruction manual for F31, a diagnostic ultrasound system.


Read the manual carefully before using the system. Take special note of the items in Chapter 1,
"Safety Precautions"of Safety Instruction manual.
Keep this manual securely for future reference.

Symbols Used in this Document

The following items are important in preventing harm or injury to the operator of the equipment
and the patient. There are 4 levels of harm/damage that can be caused by ignoring
instructions/displays and using the equipment incorrectly: "Danger", "Warning", "Caution",
and "Note".
These types are indicated by the following symbols.

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result


in the death of or serious injury of the operator of the equipment.
Indicates a hazardous situation witch, if not avoided, may result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in slight or
moderate injury, or property damage.
Indicates a request concerning an item that must be observed in order to
prevent damage or deterioration to the equipment and also to ensure effective
use.

Cautions of cautions shows the following graphics.

This mark means the corresponding item is "alerted".

This mark means the corresponding item is "prohibited".

This mark means the corresponding item is "required".

MN1-5856 rev.1 3
Introduction

About the F31

The F31 is intended to be used by doctors and other qualified personnel in fracture diagnostics
and hemodynamic diagnostics.
However, this equipment is not designed to be used in ophthalmic ultrasound diagnosis, as its
sound intensity is not compliant with ophthalmic restrictions established by the FDA.
Only physicians and other qualified personnel should operate this equipment for diagnostic
purposes. Read section 1-1 of the Safety Instruction manual.

1) PRECAUTIONS Concerning the Use/Management of the F31

• Do not disassemble, repair or remodel this equipment or optional features without our
consent.
NOTE: Disassemble is removing the parts or options from the equipment using
tools.

NOTE: Remodel is installing or connecting the unspecified parts or equipment,


including replacement of power cord.

• Assemble of the equipment or optional accessories shall be performed by our third party
certified. Please contact one of our offices listed on back cover.
NOTE: Assemble is installing and connecting the parts or optional accessories in
the main equipment using tools.

• Transporting this equipment (via automobile/ship) shall be performed by a third party


certified by the manufacturer. Please contact one of our offices listed on back cover.
• Please conduct routine cleaning and inspection of the equipment. Refer to Chapter 5 of the
Safety Instruction for details.
• Ensure that the output level of the scan conforms to the required duration of diagnosis.
• If any malfunction or abnormality is discovered during operation of the equipment, remove
the probe from the patient immediately and discontinue use. If any abnormality is observed
in the patient, provide proper care as quickly as possible. Refer to Chapter 4 of the Safety
Instructions for more information on dealing with the equipment appropriately. If the
malfunction is not listed in Chapter 4 of the Safety Instructions, contact one of our offices
listed on back cover.
2) PRECAUTIONS for the F31 Installation
This equipment is a medical electrical equipment that intended for use in hospitals,
research facilities. The equipment should be installed in accordance with the following
guidelines.

• Install in accordance with Chapter 3 of the Safety Instructions.


• Install in an environment that conforms to the operating environments indicated in section
2-2-1 of the Safety Instructions.
• Install in an environment that ensures electromagnetic compatibility, in accordance with
section 1-2-6 of the Safety Instructions, "Precautions Concerning the Maintenance of
Electromagnetic Compatibility," and Item 1-3, "Guidelines for Electromagnetic
compatibility."

4 MN1-5856 rev.1
Introduction

NOTE: The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is ability of device to function


satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable
electromagnetic disturbance to anything in that environment.

Classification of F31

• Protection against electric shock (ME equipment): class I • ME equipment


• Protection Against Electric Shock (Applied Parts): Type BF Applied Parts

– Probe/scanner applied parts and parts treated as applied parts:


Refer to the following diagram (Probe/Scanner Pattern Diagram) and table.
B C A

connector

connector
C A
Fig. 1: Probe/Scanner Pattern Diagram
Above illustrates a surface/intraoperative probe. Below shows a coelomic probe.

Applicable part Parts treated as applied


of body Applied part parts B - C length
Surface of body Ultrasonic irradiation area (D) A to B 100 cm
Intraoperative Ultrasonic irradiation area (D) A to B 20 cm
Endocavity A to C A to C -

– ECG
The 2-meter length of the ECG cable extending from the ECG electrodes is treated as
applied part (see diagram below).
2 meters
ECG electrodes
connector

ECG patient lead


• Protection against electric shock (Defibrillation-proof applied parts): Not suitable
• Protection against harmful ingress of water or particulate matter

– equipment: IPX0 (Ordinary equipment)


– Probe applied part: IPX7 (Watertight equipment)
• Suitability for use in an oxygen rich environment: Not suitable
• Method (s) of sterilization: Not suitable for sterilization/disinfection with medicinal
solution, gas or radiation.
• Mode of operation: Continuous operation

MN1-5856 rev.1 5
Introduction

Terms used in the book

Example Method Intended


Press ENTER Press the specified switch on the operation panel Switches on the operation
(in the example, ENTER). panel (including the Rotary
Encoder)
Turn Rotary Encoder. Rotate a switch such as Rotary Encoder to the • Rotary Encoder
left and right. • Multi Gain
To the left: counterclockwise direction • B Gain
To the right:clockwise direction • DEPTH/ZOOM
Select Preset key Press the specified key (Preset in the example) Keyboard
on the keyboard.
Select Set-Up. 1 Using the trackball, move the pointer to the • Buttons or items on the
button (ex. Set-Up). screen
2 Press ENTER. • Thumbnails
• Toggle buttons
On:
Off:
• Radio buttons
On: , Off:
Check an item. 1 Using the trackball, move the pointer on the Check boxes
Remove the check. check box.
• Checked:
2 Press ENTER.
• Unchecked:
Select from a list. 1 Using the trackball, move the pointer on the Such as menu list
item of a list.
2 Press ENTER.
Select from a 1 Using the trackball, move the pointer to the . Pull-down list
pull-down list. 2 Press ENTER.
3 Using the trackball, move the pointer to the
item.
4 Press ENTER.
Preset (Basic Items in the parenthesis are hierarchy of preset Tree view on the
Measurement > indicated by the tree view. measurement preset
Measured Method &
1 Display the Measurement Preset ( → p.2-61).
Measurement Items
2 Move the pointer to a preset (ex. B.Mode)
> B.Mode)
indicated by Tree View.
3 Press ENTER.

NOTE: shows common notes.

PREREQUISITE: shows preparations or preset setup.

PRESET SETTINGS: shows preset items to setup

Output from equipment or messages on screen are described as message.

6 MN1-5856 rev.1
Contents
1 Preface

1-1 About the measurement of F31 ............................................................................................. 1-1


1-1-1 Measurement applications ......................................................................................................1-1
1-1-2 Flow of Measurement Operations ...........................................................................................1-2
1-1-3 Switches mainly used for measurement ..................................................................................1-3
1-1-4 Measurement screen ...............................................................................................................1-4
1-2 Switching study or application ................................................................................................ 1-6
1-2-1 Switching application ...............................................................................................................1-6
1-2-2 Switching a study ....................................................................................................................1-7
1-2-3 Switching to a study with a different application ......................................................................1-8
1-3 Selecting a measurement item .............................................................................................. 1-9
1-3-1 MEASUREMENT key (Measurement menu) ...........................................................................1-9
1-3-2 + button .................................................................................................................................1-10
1-3-3 Hot key ..................................................................................................................................1-10
1-4 Measurement method .......................................................................................................... 1-11
1-4-1 Caliper Method ......................................................................................................................1-12
1-4-1-1 If ENTER is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field ..............1-12
1-4-1-2 If ENTER & + is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field........1-12
1-4-2 Ellipse Method .......................................................................................................................1-13
1-4-2-1 If ENTER is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field ..............1-13
1-4-2-2 If ENTER & + is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field........1-13
1-4-3 B Trace Method .....................................................................................................................1-14
1-4-4 Circle Method ........................................................................................................................1-15
1-4-4-1 If ENTER is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field ..............1-15
1-4-4-2 If ENTER & + is selected in the Move on to next measurement with field........1-15
1-4-5 Doppler Trace Method ...........................................................................................................1-16
1-4-5-1 Doppler Manual Trace ......................................................................................1-16
1-4-5-2 Doppler Auto Trace...........................................................................................1-17

2 Basic Measurement

2-1 Basic measurement menu ..................................................................................................... 2-2


2-2 Method of Measurement ........................................................................................................ 2-6
2-2-1 B mode Measurement .............................................................................................................2-6
2-2-1-1 Distance measurement .......................................................................................2-6
2-2-1-2 Area and circumference length measurement ....................................................2-7
2-2-1-3 Volume measurement: Volume1/Volume2 .........................................................2-9
2-2-1-4 Angle measurement: Angle ..............................................................................2-15

MN1-5856 rev.1 7
2-2-1-5 General purpose index measurement: B.Index ................................................2-17
2-2-1-6 Histogram measurement: Histogram ................................................................2-18
2-2-1-7 Congenital dislocation of the hip joint measurement: Hip J Angle ....................2-20
2-2-2 M mode measurement ..........................................................................................................2-23
2-2-2-1 Length measurement: M.Length.......................................................................2-23
2-2-2-2 Time measurement: Time .................................................................................2-24
2-2-2-3 Heart Rate measurement: Heart Rate ..............................................................2-25
2-2-2-4 Velocity measurement: M.VEL .........................................................................2-26
2-2-2-5 General purpose index measurement: M.Index................................................2-27
2-2-3 D mode measurement ...........................................................................................................2-28
2-2-3-1 Time measurement: Time .................................................................................2-28
2-2-3-2 Heart Rate measurement: Heart Rate ..............................................................2-29
2-2-3-3 Velocity measurement: D.Velocity1 ..................................................................2-30
2-2-3-4 Velocity measurement: D.Velocity2 ..................................................................2-31
2-2-3-5 Acceleration (deceleration) measurement: ACCEL ..........................................2-32
2-2-3-6 Resistance Index measurement: RI..................................................................2-33
2-2-3-7 Pressure half time measurement: P1/2T ..........................................................2-34
2-2-3-8 Dop Caliper measurement: D.Caliper1, D.Caliper2 ..........................................2-35
2-2-3-9 General purpose index measurement: D.Index ................................................2-36
2-2-3-10 Mean velocity measurement: Mean VEL ..........................................................2-37
2-2-3-11 Pulsatility Index measurement: PI ....................................................................2-38
2-2-3-12 Stenosis flow measurement: Steno Flow..........................................................2-40
2-2-3-13 Regurgitation flow measurement: Regurg Flow................................................2-41
2-2-3-14 D. Trace measurement: D.Trace1, D.Trace2 ...................................................2-42
2-2-3-15 Real Time Doppler Auto Trace .........................................................................2-43
2-2-4 B/D mode ..............................................................................................................................2-47
2-2-4-1 FV (Artery) MnV................................................................................................2-47
2-2-4-2 FV (Artery) VTI..................................................................................................2-49
2-2-4-3 FV (Vein)...........................................................................................................2-50
2-2-4-4 Flow volume: SV/CO ........................................................................................2-51
2-2-5 B/Flow mode .........................................................................................................................2-52
2-2-5-1 Blood flow measurement: Flow Profile .............................................................2-52
2-2-6 Editing basic measurement results .......................................................................................2-55
2-2-6-1 Modifying basic measurement results and repeating measurements...............2-55
2-2-6-2 Deleting caliper marks ......................................................................................2-56
2-2-6-3 Transferring the basic measurement results to application measurements .....2-57
2-3 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 2-59
2-3-1 Displaying the preset .............................................................................................................2-61
2-3-1-1 Displaying the preset using the PRESET button ..............................................2-61
2-3-1-2 Selecting the preset from the measurement menu ...........................................2-63
2-3-2 Initializing the preset ..............................................................................................................2-64
2-3-3 Measurement settings: Create Measurement Tools .............................................................2-65
2-3-3-1 Measurement method and result display settings: Measured Method & Display
Items .................................................................................................................2-66
2-3-3-2 Caliper mark display settings: Caliper Mark Control .........................................2-68
2-3-3-3 Measurement result display unit settings: Unit Selection .................................2-70
2-3-3-4 Settings for caliper mark and measurement results display when the freeze is
canceled: Caliper Auto Off................................................................................2-71
2-3-3-5 Report display settings: Report Data ................................................................2-72
2-3-3-6 Measurement result display settings: Display Form .........................................2-74

8 MN1-5856 rev.1
2-3-3-7 User-defined index equation: User's Calculation ..............................................2-76
2-3-4 Study Assignment .................................................................................................................2-84
2-3-4-1 Measurement study registration and display settings: Study Assignment ........2-85
2-3-4-2 Measurement menu settings: Menu Assign......................................................2-86
2-3-4-3 Report display Block settings: Combined Report Display.................................2-87
2-3-4-4 Transfer settings for basic measurement results: Transfer List Assign ............2-88
2-3-4-5 Operation guide message settings: Other ........................................................2-90
2-3-5 SW Assignment .....................................................................................................................2-91
2-3-5-1 Basic measurement menu settings: +Mark key Assignment ............................2-92
2-3-5-2 Hot key settings: Hot Key Assignment..............................................................2-93
2-3-5-3 Custom switch settings: Measure SW Assignment ..........................................2-94
2-4 References ........................................................................................................................... 2-95
2-4-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................2-95
2-4-1-1 B mode .............................................................................................................2-95
2-4-1-2 M mode.............................................................................................................2-96
2-4-1-3 D mode .............................................................................................................2-96
2-4-1-4 B/D mode..........................................................................................................2-98
2-4-2 Terms and abbreviations .......................................................................................................2-99

3 Abdominal Measurement

3-1 Abdominal measurement overview ........................................................................................ 3-2


3-1-1 Abdominal measurement menu ..............................................................................................3-2
3-1-2 Abdominal measurement study ...............................................................................................3-4
3-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................3-4
3-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................3-4
3-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 3-5
3-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................3-5
3-2-1-1 Gallbladder measurement ..................................................................................3-5
3-2-1-2 GB Wall-T measurement ....................................................................................3-6
3-2-1-3 CBD (Common Bile Duct) measurement ............................................................3-6
3-2-1-4 Liver measurement .............................................................................................3-7
3-2-1-5 Pancreas measurement......................................................................................3-8
3-2-1-6 P-Duct measurement ..........................................................................................3-9
3-2-1-7 Renal Volume measurement ............................................................................3-10
3-2-1-8 Spleen measurement........................................................................................3-11
3-2-1-9 Rate of % Stenosis measurement ....................................................................3-12
3-2-1-10 SOL (Space Occupying Lesions) measurement...............................................3-14
3-2-1-11 Blood vessel diameter measurement ...............................................................3-15
3-2-2 D mode ..................................................................................................................................3-16
3-2-2-1 Measurement of abdominal region arterial blood flow ......................................3-17
3-2-2-2 Measurement of the portal vein and shunt blood flow ......................................3-20
3-2-3 B/D mode ..............................................................................................................................3-22
3-2-3-1 FV(Vein) Abdom measurement ........................................................................3-22
3-2-3-2 FV(Artery) Ab MnV measurement ....................................................................3-24
3-2-3-3 FV(Artery)Ab VTI measurement .......................................................................3-25
3-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 3-26

MN1-5856 rev.1 9
3-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................3-27
3-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................3-27
3-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................3-28
3-3-1-3 Displaying the graph .........................................................................................3-31
3-3-1-4 Displaying the blood flow waveform .................................................................3-32
3-3-1-5 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................3-34
3-3-1-6 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................3-36
3-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................3-37
3-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................3-37
3-3-2-2 Entering findings ...............................................................................................3-38
3-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................3-39
3-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................3-40
3-3-3-1 Printing..............................................................................................................3-40
3-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................3-42
3-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................3-43
3-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file.................................................................................3-44
3-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 3-45
3-4-1 Abdom Preset ........................................................................................................................3-47
3-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................3-47
3-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................3-53
3-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................3-55
3-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 3-56
3-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................3-56
3-5-2 Clinical References ...............................................................................................................3-57
3-5-2-1 D mode measurement ......................................................................................3-57
3-5-3 Terms and abbreviations .......................................................................................................3-58

4 Urological Measurement

4-1 Urological measurement overview ......................................................................................... 4-2


4-1-1 Urological measurement menu ...............................................................................................4-2
4-1-2 Urological measurement study ................................................................................................4-3
4-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................4-3
4-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................4-4
4-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 4-5
4-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................4-5
4-2-1-1 PSA Volume measurement ................................................................................4-5
4-2-1-2 PRS Slice Volume measurement .......................................................................4-7
4-2-1-3 Seminal Vesicles measurement .........................................................................4-9
4-2-1-4 Bladder Volume measurement .........................................................................4-10
4-2-1-5 Testicle Volume measurement .........................................................................4-11
4-2-1-6 Renal Volume measurement ............................................................................4-12
4-2-1-7 Cortex Thickness measurement .......................................................................4-13
4-2-1-8 Adrenal measurement ......................................................................................4-14
4-2-2 D mode ..................................................................................................................................4-15
4-2-2-1 Renal Artery measurement ...............................................................................4-16
4-2-2-2 UroDop measurement ......................................................................................4-17

10 MN1-5856 rev.1
4-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 4-19
4-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................4-20
4-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................4-20
4-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................4-21
4-3-1-3 Displaying the graph .........................................................................................4-22
4-3-1-4 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................4-23
4-3-1-5 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................4-25
4-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................4-26
4-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................4-26
4-3-2-2 Entering findings ...............................................................................................4-27
4-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................4-30
4-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................4-31
4-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer................................................................................4-31
4-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................4-33
4-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................4-34
4-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 4-35
4-4-1 Urology Preset .......................................................................................................................4-37
4-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................4-37
4-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................4-41
4-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................4-43
4-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 4-44
4-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................4-44
4-5-2 Clinical References ...............................................................................................................4-45
4-5-2-1 B mode .............................................................................................................4-45
4-5-2-2 D mode .............................................................................................................4-46
4-5-3 Abbreviation ..........................................................................................................................4-47

5 Small Parts Measurement

5-1 Superficial organ measurement overview .............................................................................. 5-2


5-1-1 Small Parts Measurement Menu .............................................................................................5-2
5-1-2 Superficial organ measurement study .....................................................................................5-3
5-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................5-3
5-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................5-3
5-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 5-4
5-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................5-4
5-2-1-1 Lesion Breast measurement ...............................................................................5-4
5-2-1-2 D/W ratio measurement ......................................................................................5-5
5-2-1-3 NT distance measurement..................................................................................5-6
5-2-1-4 Thyroid Volume measurement............................................................................5-7
5-2-1-5 Isthmus Thickness measurement .......................................................................5-8
5-2-2 D mode ....................................................................................................................................5-9
5-2-2-1 BreDop measurement or ThyDop measurement ................................................5-9
5-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 5-12
5-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................5-13
5-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................5-13

MN1-5856 rev.1 11
5-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................5-14
5-3-1-3 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................5-16
5-3-1-4 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................5-18
5-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................5-19
5-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................5-19
5-3-2-2 Entering findings ...............................................................................................5-20
5-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................5-25
5-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................5-26
5-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer................................................................................5-26
5-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................5-28
5-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................5-29
5-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 5-30
5-4-1 Small Parts Preset .................................................................................................................5-31
5-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................5-32
5-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................5-35
5-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................5-37
5-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 5-38
5-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................5-38
5-5-1-1 Clinical References ...........................................................................................5-38
5-5-1-2 Abbreviation......................................................................................................5-39

6 Gynecological Measurement

6-1 Gynecological measurement overview .................................................................................. 6-2


6-1-1 Gynecological measurement menu .........................................................................................6-2
6-1-2 Gynecological measurement Study .........................................................................................6-3
6-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................6-3
6-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................6-4
6-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 6-5
6-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................6-5
6-2-1-1 Uterus measurement ..........................................................................................6-5
6-2-1-2 Endom-T measurement ......................................................................................6-6
6-2-1-3 Cervix measurement...........................................................................................6-7
6-2-1-4 Ovary measurement ...........................................................................................6-8
6-2-1-5 Follicles measurement........................................................................................6-9
6-2-1-6 Follicles Volume measurement.........................................................................6-11
6-2-1-7 Bladder Volume measurement .........................................................................6-12
6-2-2 D mode ..................................................................................................................................6-13
6-2-2-1 Uterine Artery, Ovarian Artery ..........................................................................6-14
6-2-2-2 GynDop measurement......................................................................................6-16
6-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 6-18
6-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................6-19
6-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................6-19
6-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................6-20
6-3-1-3 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................6-22
6-3-1-4 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................6-23
6-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................6-24

12 MN1-5856 rev.1
6-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................6-24
6-3-2-2 Entering the Anatomy Check List .....................................................................6-26
6-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................6-29
6-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................6-30
6-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer................................................................................6-30
6-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................6-32
6-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................6-33
6-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file.................................................................................6-34
6-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 6-35
6-4-1 GYN Preset ...........................................................................................................................6-36
6-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................6-37
6-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................6-40
6-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................6-42
6-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 6-43
6-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................6-43
6-5-2 Anatomy Check List ..............................................................................................................6-43
6-5-3 Clinical References ...............................................................................................................6-44
6-5-3-1 B mode .............................................................................................................6-44
6-5-3-2 D mode .............................................................................................................6-45
6-5-4 Abbreviation ..........................................................................................................................6-46

7 Obstetrical Measurement

7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview ........................................................................................ 7-2


7-1-1 Obstetrical measurement menu ..............................................................................................7-2
7-1-1-1 GA measurement menu......................................................................................7-4
7-1-1-2 FW measurement menu .....................................................................................7-7
7-1-1-3 Fetus Ratio measurement menu ........................................................................7-7
7-1-2 Obstetrical measurement Study ..............................................................................................7-8
7-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................7-9
7-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................7-9
7-2 Measurement methods ........................................................................................................ 7-10
7-2-1 Examination on multiplets .....................................................................................................7-10
7-2-1-1 Switching the fetal code: Measurement menu ..................................................7-11
7-2-1-2 Switching the fetal code: Hot keys ....................................................................7-11
7-2-1-3 Multiplets measurement result display..............................................................7-12
7-2-2 B mode ..................................................................................................................................7-13
7-2-2-1 GA (Gestational week) measurement...............................................................7-13
7-2-2-2 FW (Fetal weight) measurement ......................................................................7-17
7-2-2-3 Fetus Ratio measurement ................................................................................7-20
7-2-2-4 Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) measurement .........................................................7-22
7-2-2-5 AF Pocket measurement, AFV measurement ..................................................7-24
7-2-2-6 CTAR measurement, CTR measurement.........................................................7-25
7-2-2-7 Nuchal Translucency (NT) auto measurement .................................................7-26
7-2-2-8 Cervix measurement.........................................................................................7-28
7-2-3 M mode .................................................................................................................................7-29
7-2-3-1 FHR (Fetal heart rate) measurement................................................................7-29

MN1-5856 rev.1 13
7-2-3-2 LV Function measurement................................................................................7-30
7-2-4 D mode ..................................................................................................................................7-32
7-2-4-1 Arterial blood flow measurement ......................................................................7-33
7-2-4-2 OBDop measurement .......................................................................................7-35
7-2-4-3 PLI (Preload Index) measurement ....................................................................7-37
7-2-4-4 LVOT Flow measurement, RVOT Flow measurement .....................................7-38
7-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 7-39
7-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................7-40
7-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................7-40
7-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................7-41
7-3-1-3 Displaying the graph .........................................................................................7-44
7-3-1-4 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................7-47
7-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................7-49
7-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................7-49
7-3-2-2 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................7-50
7-3-2-3 Entering the Anatomy Check List .....................................................................7-52
7-3-2-4 Entering the Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring) ...................................7-55
7-3-2-5 Entering Amnio/CVS examination results .........................................................7-56
7-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................7-58
7-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer................................................................................7-58
7-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................7-60
7-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................7-61
7-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file.................................................................................7-62
7-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 7-63
7-4-1 OB Preset ..............................................................................................................................7-65
7-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................7-66
7-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................7-72
7-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................7-74
7-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 7-75
7-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................7-75
7-5-1-1 B mode .............................................................................................................7-75
7-5-1-2 M mode.............................................................................................................7-77
7-5-1-3 D mode .............................................................................................................7-77
7-5-2 Anatomy Check List ..............................................................................................................7-78
7-5-3 Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring) ............................................................................7-79
7-5-3-1 Criteria for Scoring Biophysical Variables According to Vintzelios ...................7-79
7-5-3-2 Biophysical profile scoring According to Manning and Coworkers ...................7-80
7-5-4 Clinical reference and Tables ................................................................................................7-81
7-5-4-1 GA Tables.........................................................................................................7-81
7-5-4-2 FW growth table (Normal Range) ...................................................................7-114
7-5-4-3 Interval Growth Rate Table.............................................................................7-116
7-5-4-4 Fetal Ratio Tables...........................................................................................7-118
7-5-4-5 AFI Tables ......................................................................................................7-120
7-5-4-6 RI, PI tables by Gestational Age (RI, PI range tables)....................................7-121
7-5-4-7 Other clinical references .................................................................................7-123
7-5-5 Abbreviation ........................................................................................................................7-126

14 MN1-5856 rev.1
8 Cardiac Measurement

8-1 Overview of cardiology measurement functions .................................................................... 8-2


8-1-1 Cardiology Measurement Menu .............................................................................................. 8-2
8-1-2 Cardiology measurement Study ..............................................................................................8-7
8-1-2-1 Switching the Study ............................................................................................8-7
8-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................8-8
8-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 8-9
8-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................8-9
8-2-1-1 Left ventricle function measurements ...............................................................8-10
8-2-1-2 Cardiac mass measurement: LV Mass .............................................................8-24
8-2-1-3 Right ventricular diameter measurement: RVD ................................................8-25
8-2-1-4 Left atrial-Aortic valve measurement: LA/AO....................................................8-26
8-2-1-5 Measurement of myocardium thickness ratio, and measurement of systolic wall
thickness change: Ratio....................................................................................8-27
8-2-1-6 Mitral valve area measurement: MVA, AVA .....................................................8-28
8-2-1-7 Inferior vena cava measurement: IVC measurement .......................................8-29
8-2-1-8 Left atrial volume measurement: LA Volume, Right atrial volume measurement: RA
Volume..............................................................................................................8-30
8-2-2 M mode .................................................................................................................................8-34
8-2-2-1 Left ventricle function measurements: Pombo, Teichholz, Gibson ...................8-34
8-2-2-2 Mitral valve measurement: Mitral Valve ............................................................8-36
8-2-2-3 Tricuspid valve measurement: Tricuspid Valve ................................................8-37
8-2-2-4 Pulmonary valve measurement: Pulmonary Valve ...........................................8-38
8-2-2-5 Left atrial-Aortic valve measurement: LA/AO....................................................8-39
8-2-2-6 IVC measurement: IVC.....................................................................................8-40
8-2-2-7 Asynchrony measurement ................................................................................8-41
8-2-3 D mode ..................................................................................................................................8-42
8-2-3-1 D mode measurements for aortic valve ............................................................8-42
8-2-3-2 D mode measurements for pulmonary valve ....................................................8-48
8-2-3-3 D mode measurements for mitral valve ............................................................8-52
8-2-3-4 D mode measurements for Tricuspid valve ......................................................8-58
8-2-3-5 Proximal isovelocity surface area measurement: PISA ....................................8-61
8-2-3-6 Pulmonary vein flow measurement: PV Flow ...................................................8-63
8-2-3-7 TDI PW measurement ......................................................................................8-64
8-2-3-8 Coronary measurement ....................................................................................8-68
8-2-3-9 Asynchrony measurement ................................................................................8-71
8-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 8-77
8-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................8-78
8-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................8-78
8-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................8-79
8-3-1-3 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................8-81
8-3-1-4 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................8-82
8-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................8-83
8-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................8-83
8-3-2-2 Specifying the measured coronary artery regions ............................................8-84
8-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................8-86
8-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................8-87
8-3-3-1 Printing..............................................................................................................8-87

MN1-5856 rev.1 15
8-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................8-89
8-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................8-90
8-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file.................................................................................8-91
8-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 8-92
8-4-1 Cardio Preset ........................................................................................................................8-93
8-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................8-94
8-4-1-2 Study Assignment ...........................................................................................8-100
8-4-1-3 SW Assignment ..............................................................................................8-102
8-5 References ......................................................................................................................... 8-103
8-5-1 Calculation ...........................................................................................................................8-103
8-5-1-1 B mode ...........................................................................................................8-103
8-5-1-2 M mode...........................................................................................................8-106
8-5-1-3 D mode ...........................................................................................................8-108
8-5-2 Clinical References .............................................................................................................8-111
8-5-2-1 LV Volumes ....................................................................................................8-111
8-5-2-2 LA (RA) Volumes ............................................................................................8-112
8-5-2-3 Index ...............................................................................................................8-113
8-5-2-4 Doppler Index .................................................................................................8-113
8-5-2-5 Asynchrony Study ...........................................................................................8-114
8-5-2-6 Trans M Flow, PV Flow...................................................................................8-114
8-5-2-7 Other...............................................................................................................8-115
8-5-3 Abbreviation ........................................................................................................................8-118

9 Vascular Measurement

9-1 Vascular measurement overview ........................................................................................... 9-2


9-1-1 Vascular measurement menu .................................................................................................9-2
9-1-2 Vascular measurement Study .................................................................................................9-4
9-1-2-1 Switching between left and right of the study .....................................................9-4
9-1-2-2 Switching a study................................................................................................9-5
9-1-2-3 Switch the study using a different application .....................................................9-5
9-2 Measurement methods .......................................................................................................... 9-6
9-2-1 B mode ....................................................................................................................................9-6
9-2-1-1 Stenosis Percentage Measurements ..................................................................9-6
9-2-1-2 mean-IMT measurement ....................................................................................9-8
9-2-1-3 CmeanIMT (IMT Auto) measurement ...............................................................9-10
9-2-1-4 max-IMT measurement.....................................................................................9-12
9-2-1-5 max-IMT measurement: IMT Auto measurement .............................................9-14
9-2-2 D mode ..................................................................................................................................9-16
9-2-2-1 Carotid artery blood flow examination (Carotid Artery Study)...........................9-17
9-2-2-2 Upper and lower extremity artery examination: Lwr Extr A, Upr Extr A ............9-20
9-2-2-3 Upper and lower extremity venous blood flow examination: Lwr Extr V Study, Upr
Extr V Study......................................................................................................9-23
9-2-2-4 Trans cranial Doppler examination: TCD Study ...............................................9-26
9-3 Report .................................................................................................................................. 9-29
9-3-1 Displaying reports ..................................................................................................................9-30
9-3-1-1 Displaying reports .............................................................................................9-30

16 MN1-5856 rev.1
9-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report ...........................................................9-31
9-3-1-3 Displaying the blood flow waveform .................................................................9-35
9-3-1-4 Attaching an ultrasound image .........................................................................9-37
9-3-1-5 Displaying past reports .....................................................................................9-39
9-3-2 Editing reports .......................................................................................................................9-40
9-3-2-1 Entering comments ...........................................................................................9-40
9-3-2-2 Entering findings ...............................................................................................9-41
9-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results ......................................................................9-45
9-3-3 Outputting reports ..................................................................................................................9-46
9-3-3-1 Printing..............................................................................................................9-46
9-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC ................................................................................9-48
9-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file .......................................................................9-49
9-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file.................................................................................9-50
9-4 Preset ................................................................................................................................... 9-51
9-4-1 Vascular Preset .....................................................................................................................9-52
9-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools ..............................................................................9-53
9-4-1-2 Study Assignment .............................................................................................9-58
9-4-1-3 SW Assignment ................................................................................................9-60
9-5 References ........................................................................................................................... 9-61
9-5-1 Calculation .............................................................................................................................9-61
9-5-2 Anatomy Check List ..............................................................................................................9-62
9-5-3 Clinical References ...............................................................................................................9-64
9-5-3-1 B mode .............................................................................................................9-64
9-5-3-2 D mode .............................................................................................................9-65
9-5-4 Terms and abbreviations .......................................................................................................9-66

MN1-5856 rev.1 17
18 MN1-5856 rev.1
3 Abdominal Measurement

3 Abdominal Measurement

Chapter contents

3-1 Abdominal measurement overview


3-2 Measurement methods
3-3 Report
3-4 Preset
3-5 References

This chapter describes the device settings based on the assumption that they are on the factory
default settings.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-1 Abdominal measurement overview

3-1 Abdominal measurement overview

3-1-1 Abdominal measurement menu

The following measurement menu and items are available for abdominal measurement.

Table 3-1: B mode


Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Gallbladder Gallbladder
GB-L GB-W
measurement
Gallbladder wall GB Wall-T
thickness GB Wall-T
measurement
CBD CBD
CBD
measurement
Liver Liver (Right) L1 L2
measurement Liver (Left)
Pancreas Pancreas
Head Body Tail
measurement
Pancreatic duct P-Duct
P-Duct
measurement  
Renal Rt. Renal Vol.
Vol. Rnl-L Rnl-W Rnl-AP
measurement Lt. Renal Vol.
Spleen Spleen
a b SI
measurement
% stenosis %Steno Diam Vessel Resid %STENO
measurement
%Steno Area Vessel Resid %STENO
Space- SOL1 d1 d2 d3 Area Vol.
occupying
SOL2
lesion
measurement
Blood vessel Aorta Diam Aorta
diameter Diam.
measurement
PV Diam PV Diam.

Table 3-2: D mode


Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Artery A-Ao, CA, CHA, PI RI S/D PSV EDV
measurement SMA, IMA, SA, ACC AccT Vm
MnV

3-2 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-1 Abdominal measurement overview

Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Hepatic arterial Rt.HA PI RI S/D PSV EDV
blood flow Lt.HA
measurement MnV ACC AccT Vm

Common iliac Rt. CIA PI RI S/D PSV EDV


arterial blood flow Lt. CIA
MnV ACC AccT Vm
Superior Pre P SMA Post PI RI S/D PSV EDV
mesenteric arterial P SMA
blood flow MnV ACC AccT Vm

Artery Artery 1 PI RI S/D PSV EDV


measurement Artery 2 MnV ACC AccT Vm
(User-defined)
Artery 3
Renal Artery Rt. Renal Art, Lt. PI RI S/D PSV EDV
measurement Renal Art MnV ACC AccT FlowT AccT/FT
Vm
Portal vein Main PV, Rt.PV,
pV
measurement Lt.PV
Shunt blood vessel Pre Shunt PV,
measurement Prox Shunt,
pV
Mid Shunt,
Distal Shunt

Table 3-3: B/D mode


Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Blood flow FV(Artery) Ab MnV PSV EDV dv dt
volume MnV VTI PI RI FT AccT
measurement (for
ACC Acct/FT S/D Vm FV(MnV)
arterial blood
flow) FVm(MnV) CSD CSA
Blood flow FV(Artery) Ab MnV PSV EDV dv dt
volume (for VTI VIT PI RI FT AccT
arterial blood flow
ACC AccT/FT S/D Vm FV(beat)
and peripheral
blood vessels) FV(min) CSD CSA HR
Steady state blood FV(Vein) Abdom MnV pV VTI AccT ACC
flow measurement
FV CSD CSA

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-3


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-1 Abdominal measurement overview

3-1-2 Abdominal measurement study

Abdominal measurement includes Basic study.

3-1-2-1 Switching the Study

You can switch the study using the current application.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


→ The measurement menu and hot key settings corresponding to the screen mode are
displayed.
2. Select the top of the measurement menu (current study name).

3. Select Study.

3-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application

Switch from the study in a different application to the abdominal measurement study.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


→ The measurement menu and hot key settings corresponding to the screen mode are
displayed.
2. Select Change Appl.
3. Select the application.
4. Select Study.

Example of menu display: Changing from Basic in Abdomen


→ The screen switches to the study of the selected application.

3-4 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2 Measurement methods

This chapter explains the measurement method.

3-2-1 B mode

3-2-1-1 Gallbladder measurement

This is the measurement of the length and width of the vertical cross-section of the gallbladder.

a: Length
b: Width
b a c: Wall thickness

1. Record a slice image of the gall bladder in the B mode.


2. Select MEASUREMENT key.
3. Select Gallbladder from the measurement menu.
4. Measure GB-L and GB-W respectively using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Gallbladder
GB-L : cm : Length of the gallbladder

GB-W : cm : Width of the gallbladder

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-5


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-2 GB Wall-T measurement

This is the measurement of the thickness of the gallbladder wall.

1. Record a slice image of the gallbladder in the B mode.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select GB Wall-T from the measurement menu.
4. Measure the thickness of the gallbladder wall using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

GB Wall-T : cm : Thickness of gallbladder wall

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-2-1-3 CBD (Common Bile Duct) measurement

This is the measurement of the diameter of the common bile duct.

CBD

1. Record a slice image of the common bile duct in the B mode.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select CBD from the measurement menu.
4. Measure the diameter of the common bile duct using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

CBD : cm : Diameter of the common bile duct

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-6 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-4 Liver measurement

This is the measurement of the left and right lobes of the liver.

Left Lobe Right Lobe


Length1 Length1

Length2

Length2
1. Record a slice image of the right (or left) lobe in the B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Liver (Right) or Liver (Left) from the measurement menu.
• Select Liver (Right) for the right lobe.
• Select Liver (Left) for the left lobe.

4. Measure Length1 and Length2 respectively using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Liver(Right) Liver(Left)
L1: cm L1: cm : Length 1 of the right or left lobe of the liver

L2: cm L2: cm : Length 2 of the right or left lobe of the liver

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-7


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-5 Pancreas measurement

This is the measurement of the head, body and tail of the pancreas from its cross-section.

a: Head
d b: Body
b
c: Tail
a
d: P-duct
c

1. Select Measurement key.


2. Select Pancreas from the measurement menu.
3. Measure the head of the pancreas.
a Display a tomographic image showing the head of the pancreas.
b Measure the Head (a in the above figure) using the Caliper method.

4. Measure the body of the pancreas.


a Press TBF and switch to Search.
b Display a tomographic image showing the body of the pancreas.
c Press TBF and switch to Measurement.
d Measure the Body (b in the above figure) using the Caliper method.

5. Measure the tail of the pancreas.


a Press TBF and switch to Search.
b Display a tomographic image showing the tail of the pancreas.
c Press TBF and switch to Measurement.
d Measure the Tail (c in the above figure) using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Pancreas
Head : cm : Diameter of head of pancreas

Body : cm : Diameter of body of pancreas

Tail : cm : Diameter of tail of pancreas

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-8 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-6 P-Duct measurement

This is the measurement of the diameter of the pancreatic duct.

1. Record a slice image of the pancreas showing the pancreatic duct in the B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select P-Duct from the measurement menu.
4. Measure the diameter of the pancreatic duct using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

P-Duct : cm : Diameter of pancreatic duct

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-9


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-7 Renal Volume measurement

Approximate each of the left and right renal volume to an ellipsoid, measure the major and
minor axes of the transverse image (Width, A-P) and the length of the major axis of the
longitudinal image (Length), and calculate the volume of each renal.

Longitudinal Image Transverse Image

A-P

Length Width

Set the Length and Width and A-P to be orthogonal.

1. Display the longitudinal and transverse images of the right or left kidney in the 2B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. From the measurement menu, select Rt.Renal Volume for the right kidney and
Lt.Renal Volume for the left kidney.
4. Measure Rnl-L, Rnl-W and Rnl-AP using the Caliper method.
→ The kidney volume (Vole.) is displayed when 3 axes are measured.

Measurement results

Rt. Renal Vol. : Right Renal Volume

Vol. : cm3 : Volume of Renal

Rnl-L : cm : Length of Renal

Rnl-W : cm : Width of Renal

Rnl-AP : cm : Anterior-posterior of Renal

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-10 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-8 Spleen measurement

This measurement is for obtaining the spleen index (SI = a × b) from the major diameter (a) and
the thickness (b) of the spleen.

a
b

1. Record a slice image of the spleen in the B mode.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Spleen from the measurement menu.
4. Measure larger axis a and width b using the Caliper method.
→ Spleen Index is calculated once a and b are measured.

Measurement results

Spleen
a : cm : Major diameter of spleen

b : cm : Thickness of spleen

SI : cm2 : Spleen Index (= a × b)

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-11


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-9 Rate of % Stenosis measurement

One of the following two methods can be used to evaluate the % stenosis.

• Evaluation by calculation from the diameter (%STENO Diam)


• Evaluation by calculation from the cross-sectional area (%STENO Area)

%STENO-Diameter measurement

Measure the lumen diameter of the blood vessel and the residual lumen diameter of the stenosis
using a tomographic image. Obtain the stenosis percentage of the blood vessel from these
measured values.

%STENO=(a - b)/a × 100


a: Lumen diameter of the blood
vessel (Vessel lumen)
a b: Residual lumen diameter of
b
the stenosis of the blood vessel
(Residual), (a > b)

1. Display the transverse image of the short axis that intersects the location of the stenosis
at right angles to it.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select %STENO Diam from the measurement menu.
4. Measure intrinsic internal diameter of the vessel a using the Caliper method.
5. Measure residual lumen diameter of the stenosis of the blood vessel b using the Caliper
method.
→ The stenosis percentage is calculated once Vessel and Residual are measured.

Measurement results

STENO-Diam
Vessl : mm : The diameter of the lumen of the original blood vessel (Vessel)

Resid : mm : The diameter of the lumen of the stenosis part of the blood
vessel (Residual)
%STENO: % : Rate of the stenosis

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-12 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

%STENO Area measurement

Measure area of the lumen (a) and residual are of the lumen of the stenosis part (b) of the blood
vessel using a tomographic image. Obtain the stenosis percentage of the blood vessel from these
measured values.

%STENO=(a-b)/a×100
a: Vessel lumen
b: Residual, (a>b)
b
a

You can specify the Vessel and Residual measurement methods to either Trace (B Trace
method), Ellipse or Circle.
Navigate the preset to Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement >
Measured Methods and Display Items > B.Modeand specify in %STENO Area.

1. Display the transverse image of the short axis that intersects the location of the stenosis
at right angles to it.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select %STENO Area from the measurement menu.
4. Measure original area of the lumen of the blood vessel a.
5. Measure residual lumen area of the stenosis of the blood vessel b.
→ The stenosis percentage is calculated once Vessel and Residual are measured.

Measurement results

STENO-Area

Vessl : cm2 : The area of the lumen of the original blood vessel (Vessel)

Resid : cm2 : The area of the lumen of the stenosis part of the blood vessel (Residual)

%STENO: % : Rate of the stenosis

References:
Ellipse Method → p.1-13
B Trace Method → p.1-14
Circle Method → p.1-15

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-13


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-10 SOL (Space Occupying Lesions) measurement

Measure the length of the three axes (Dam1, Diam2 and Diam3) of a space-occupying lesion,
such as a tumor. Obtain the volume assuming that it is closely related to an ellipse.

Diam1

Diam2 Diam3

SOL1 and SOL2 are available for SOL measurement. Follow the steps below for both methods.

1. Record a tomographic image showing the SOL in the B mode.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select SOL1 or SOL2 from the measurement menu.
4. Measure Diam1, Diam2 and Diam3 using the Caliper method.
→ The volume is calculated once all 3 axes are measured.

Measurement results

SOL1
Vol. : cm3 : Volume

Area : cm2 : Area

d1 : cm : Diameter of first axis

d2 : cm : Diameter of second axis

d3 : cm : Diameter of third axis

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

3-14 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-1-11 Blood vessel diameter measurement

Measure the diameter of an aorta or a portal vein.

1. Record a tomographic image of the aorta or the portal vein in the B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Aorta Diam or PV Diam from the measurement menu.
• Select Aorta Diam for an aorta.
• Select PV Diam for a portal vein.

4. Measure the diameter of the blood vessel using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Aorta Diam : cm : Diameter of aorta

PV Diam : cm : Diameter of portal vein

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-15


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-2 D mode

In the measurement in the D mode, it is important to note the following.

• When you record an arterial flow Doppler waveform (pulse method), set the Doppler
incident angle as small as possible. If the Doppler incident angle exceeds 60 degrees, the
blood velocity measurement error increases.
• When measuring the blood velocity using multiple blood flow waveform images, use
identical recording conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood
flow waveforms. The device will record blood velocity values as real numbers, but will
not display positive and negative symbols (±).
When the measurement value displays for report is set to be mean value, in particular,
(Display Data is set to Average in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measurement > Report Data)), a completely different measurement
value may be displayed.

3-16 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-2-1 Measurement of abdominal region arterial blood flow

Obtain PSV (Peak Systolic Velocity), EDV (End Diastolic Velocity or minimum diastolic
velocity) and S/D of abdominal region arterial blood flow.
The following measurement menu are available for abdominal region arterial blood flow
measurement. Measurement menu is displayed by vessel name.

• A-Ao
• CA
• CHA
• SA
• SMA
• IMA
• CIA (Rt. CIA, Lt. CIA)
• Renal-A (Rt. Renal Art, Lt. Renal Art)
• HA (Rt.HA, Lt.HA)
• Prandinal SMA (Pre P SMA, Post P SMA)
• User-defined (Artery 1, Artery 2, Artery 3)
You can specify the name in Name Assignment in the preset (Create Measurement
Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items >
D.Mode).

In this measurement, set the following two points:

• Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)


• End-Diastolic EDV (velocity (EDV) or minimum diastolic velocity
NOTE: End Diastolic Velocity (EDV) and minimum diastolic velocity do not necessarily
match each other. Set the EDV time phase to match the blood velocity to be used for the
measurement.

A blood flow measurement that traces the Doppler waveform (Doppler Trace method,
Dop.Trace method) and another that directly points to the Doppler waveform (Dop.Caliper)
are available.
The factory default measurement method is set to Auto in Dop. Trace. Navigate the preset to
Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods and
Display Items > D.Modeand change the measurement methods in respective measurement
items.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-17


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

Measuring with Dop Trace (Doppler Trace method)

Trace the Doppler waveform to detect the points for Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) and End
Diastolic Velocity (EDV).

Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace) are available for the Doppler Trace method.
Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Items >
D.Mode and specify the measurement methods in respective measurement items.

1. Display the blood flow Doppler waveform of a celiac artery.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select the blood flow from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
4. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.

5. If necessary, correct the EDV time phase to the end diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

Measurement results

CA : Celiac Artery (the blood vessel name selected)

PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: cm/s : End diastolic velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean Velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

3-18 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

Measuring with Dop Caliper

Directly specify 2 points for the Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) and the End Diastolic Velocity
(EDV).

Navigate the preset to Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement >
Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode and specify the measurement method of
respective measurement items to Caliper.

1. Display the blood flow Doppler waveform of a celiac artery.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select the vessel from the measurement menu.
4. Set the Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) point.
a Move the caliper mark to the PSV position.
b Press ENTER.

5. Set the End Diastolic Velocity (EDV) point.


EDV time phase
Match to the blood velocity (end diastolic velocity or minimum diastolic velocity) to be used for
measurement.
a Move the caliper mark to the EDV position.
b Press ENTER.

→ Once PSV or EDV is set, S/D and so on are displayed.

Measurement results

CA : Celiac Artery (the blood vessel name selected)

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: cm/s : End diastolic velocity

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-19


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-2-2 Measurement of the portal vein and shunt blood flow

Measure the maximum velocity of portal vein and shunt blood flow.
The following measurement menu are available for portal vein blood flow.

• Main PV
• Rt.PV
• Lt.PV
The following measurement menu are available for shunt blood flow.

• Pre Shunt PV
• Prox Shunt
• Mid Shunt
• Distal Shunt
Measurement menu is displayed by vessel.
A blood flow measurement that traces the Doppler waveform (Doppler Trace method,
Dop.Trace method) and another that directly points to the Doppler waveform (Dop.Caliper) are
available.

Measuring with Dop.Trace (Doppler Trace method)

Trace the Doppler waveform to detect the maximum velocity point.

Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace) are available for the Doppler Trace method.
Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Items >
D.Mode and specify the measurement methods in respective measurement items.

1. Record the blood flow Doppler waveform of the applicable blood vessel.
2. Press the Measurement key and select the blood flow from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
3. Trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ Once the tracing is completed, the traced waveform is displayed. The + mark is displayed
at the pV position.
4. If necessary, adjust the pV position.

3-20 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results

Main PV
pV: cm/s : Peak Velocity

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

Measuring with Dop.Caliper

Directly set the maximum velocity point.

Navigate the preset to Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement >
Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode and specify the measurement method of
respective measurement items to Caliper.

1. Record the blood flow Doppler waveform of the applicable blood vessel.
2. Select the Measurement key.
3. Select the vessel from the measurement menu.
4. Move the + mark to the maximum velocity (pV) point, and press ENTER.

Measurement results

Main PV
pV: cm/s : Peak Velocity

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-21


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-3 B/D mode

The following blood flow volume measurements are available for B/D mode measurement.

• FV(Vein) Abdom: Measure the blood flow volume of blood flowing at a constant
velocity.
• FV(Artery) Ab MnV: Calculate the blood flow volume of pulsating blood flow from the
time average maximum velocity.
• FV(Artery) Ab VTI: Calculate the blood flow volume of pulsating blood flow from the
velocity time integral value.

3-2-3-1 FV(Vein) Abdom measurement

Measure the blood velocity and flow path the cross-sectional area and calculate the blood flow
volume of a constant flow.

Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Items >
D.Mode and specify the following in FV(Vein) Ab.

• Blood velocity value


You can change it to Peak or MnV under Trace Position in the preset. It is set to Peak
on the factory default.
• Coefficient (COEF)
Enter in COEF under the preset. It is set to 1.00 on the factory default.
When calculating the flow volume using an animal or a phantom, set the coefficient
between 0.5 and 0.7. Some literature indicate 0.57 in the case of blood flowing through
a portal vein.
• Setting the method for measuring the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow
path cross-sectional area (CSA)
Set preset CSA Method from the following 4 methods.

– Caliper: Calculates CSA by assuming the area to be a true circle which diameter is CSD
measured using the Caliper method.
– Trace: Measure CSA using the B Trace method.
– Ellipse: Measure CSA using the Ellipse method.
– Circle: Measure CSA using the Circle method.

3-22 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

1. Display the B/D mode image and freeze.


To improve the measurement accuracy
Enlarge the target cross-sectional image in the B mode. The measurement accuracy increases
particularly when measuring the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) using the Caliper method.
2. Select Measurement key, and select FV(Vein) Abdom from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
3. Set an appropriate section using the Doppler Trace method.
4. Press +.
→ The + mark is displayed on the B mode image.
5. Measure the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow path cross-sectional area
(CSA).
→ The flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and blood flow volume are displayed.

Measurement results

FV(Vein)
MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

CSA: cm2 : Cross-sectional area

CSD: cm : Cross-sectional diameter

FV(MnV):
ml/m : Flow Volume

COEF: 1.00 : Coefficient

References:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16
Caliper Method → p.1-12
Ellipse Method → p.1-13
B Trace Method → p.1-14
Circle Method → p.1-15

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-23


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-3-2 FV(Artery) Ab MnV measurement

Calculate the blood flow volume of pulsating blood flow from the time average maximum
velocity (MnV) of single heartbeat and flow path cross-sectional area (CSA).

Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Measurement
Items > D.Mode and set the following in F.Volume MnV in F.Volume(Artery).

• Coefficient setting
It may be necessary to correct peripheral arteries and portal veins using a coefficient. Set
the coefficient in COEF in the preset.
The default coefficient (COEF) is 1.00. When calculating flow volume using an animal
or a phantom the coefficient is between 0.5 and 0.7. There are reports to the effect that
the coefficient is 0.655 in the case of the radial artery.
• Setting the method for measuring the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow
path cross-sectional area (CSA)
It is set in CSA Method in the preset.
– Caliper: Calculates CSA by assuming the area to be a true circle which diameter is CSD
measured using the Caliper method.
– Trace: Measure CSA using the B Trace method.
– Ellipse: Measure CSA using the Ellipse method.
– Circle: Measure CSA using the Circle method.

1. Display the B/D mode image and freeze.


To improve the measurement accuracy
Enlarge the target cross-sectional image in the B mode. The measurement accuracy increases
particularly when measuring the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) using the Caliper method.
2. Select MEASUREMENT key.
3. Select FV(Artery) Ab MnV from the measurement menu.
4. Set single heartbeat section using the Doppler Trace method.
5. Press + or ENTER.
6. Measure the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow path cross-sectional area
(CSA).
→ The flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and blood flow volume are displayed.

Measurement results

FV(Artery) MnV
MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

CSA: cm2 : Cross-sectional area

CSD: cm : Cross-sectional diameter

FV(MnV): ml/m : Flow Volume

COEF: 1.00 : Coefficient

[ 1Beat avg. ] : Number of heartbeat detected

3-24 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-2 Measurement methods

3-2-3-3 FV(Artery)Ab VTI measurement

Calculate the blood flow volume of pulsating blood flow from the velocity-time average (VTI)
of single heartbeat, the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and the heart rate.

Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items
> D.Mode and specify the following in F.Volume VTI in F.Volume(Artery) setting.

• Setting the method for measuring the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow
path cross-sectional area (CSA)
The measuring method can be set in CSA Method in the preset (Create Measurement
Tools > Basic Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items > D.Mode).

– Caliper: Calculate CSA by assuming the area to be a true circle which diameter is CSD
measured using the Caliper method.
– Trace: Measure CSA using the B Trace method.
– Ellipse: Measure CSA using the Ellipse method.
– Circle: Measure CSA using the Circle method.

1. Display the B/D mode image and freeze.


To improve the measurement accuracy
Enlarge the target cross-sectional image in the B mode. The measurement accuracy increases
particularly when measuring the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) using the Caliper method.
2. Select MEASUREMENT key.
3. Select FV(Artery)Ab VTI from the measurement menu.
4. Set single heartbeat section using the Doppler Trace method.
→ The velocity time integral (VTI) and HR are obtained.
5. Press +.
6. Measure the flow path cross-sectional diameter (CSD) or flow path cross-sectional area
(CSA).
→ The flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and blood flow volume are displayed.

Measurement results

FV(Artery) VTI
VTI: cm : Velocity time integral

HR: BPM : Heart Rate

CSA: cm2 : Cross-sectional area

CSD: cm : Cross-sectional diameter

FV: ml/b : Blood flow corresponding to for one beat

FV: ml/m : Blood flow corresponding to for one minute

[ 1Beat avg. ] : Number of heartbeat detected

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-25


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3 Report

Measurement results and obtained index values are sorted and displayed in the report.

The following operations are available using the report:

1) Displaying measurement results and images

• Measurement results
• Graph display (SOL measurement results only)
• Doppler waveform (blood flow measurement results using Dop Trace method only)
• Recorded ultrasound images
• Past results
2) Editing results, comments and findings
3) Outputting reports (printing and saving)

3-26 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1 Displaying reports

NOTE: Patient information is required to display a report. Enter patient information on the ID screen.

3-3-1-1 Displaying reports

● Select REPORT from the measurement menu. or REPORT key (Hot Key 4 or a
custom switch).
→ The report is displayed.

The following buttons will appear at the top of the report:

Return Closes the report.

Header Switches the header block (patient data display) between Long Form and
Short Form.
Prev. Displays the previous page.

Next Displays the next page.

(Study list) Switches the study in the report.

W.Trace Displays the Doppler trace line as the result of the abdominal region arterial
measurement.
US Image Displays an ultrasound image in the report.

Output Outputs report data to a personal computer, Media, printer or saver.

Switching the display from report to images

● Select Return button at the top of the report screen. Alternatively, select
REPORT (custom switch).

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-27


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report

Reports are displayed by study.


Abdominal measurement includes Basic study. In the Basic study, the following information are
categorized by blocks. Header block and Site Information block are displayed in studies in every
report. Other blocks are set in the preset (Study Assignment > Basic > Combined Report
Data), and blocks including the measurement results registered to the report are displayed.

Header Block
Patient information entered in the ID
screen
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.
Site Information Block
Facility information, information on
physicians in charge and so on
Gallbladder Block
Gallbladder measurement and GB
Wall-T measurement results
Common Bile Duct Block
CBD Measurement results
Liver Block
Liver (Left Robe/Right Robe)
measurement results
Pancreas Block
Pancreas measurement results and
P-duct measurement results
Spleen Block
Spleen measurement results
Renal Volume Block
Measurement results of Renal Volume

SOL Block
SOL1 to SOL3 measurement results

Aorta Block
Results of aorta diameter measurement
Portal Vein Block
Results of portal vein diameter
measurement
%Stenosis Block
Stenosis (%STENO Diam/%STENO
Area) measurement results

3-28 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

Abdom Artery Doppler Block


Measurement results of abdominal
region arterial blood flow

Renal Artery Block


Measurement results of renal arterial
blood flow

Hepatic Doppler Block


This section consists of the following
3 parameters.
• Hepatic Artery
Hepatic arterial blood flow
measurement (CHA and HA)
results
• Portal Vein
Measurement results of portal vein
blood flow
• Hepatic Findings
Hepatic findings report
Shunt Doppler Block
This section consists of the following
2 parameters.
• Transjugular Intrahepatic
Portosystemic Shunt Doppler
Shunt blood flow measurement
results
• Hepatic Findings
Shunt findings report

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-29


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

Mesenteric Doppler Block


This section consists of the following
2 parameters in addition to CA
measurement results and A-Ao
measurement results.
Superior Mesenteric Doppler
Superior mesenteric arterial blood
flow measurement results
Mesenteric Findings
Mesenteric findings report
Abdom Ratio Block
Displays the ratio of two arterial blood
flows configured in the preset
(Measured Method & Display Items
> D mode).

In addition to the above, US Image block that displays an ultrasound image.

3-30 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1-3 Displaying the graph

Display the change in the cross-sectional area or the volume of the SOL measurement results.

1. Select Graph at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select the item to display in graph from the pull-down list.


3. Select OK.
→ The graph is displayed.

4. To close the graph display, select Graph at the top of the report screen.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-31


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1-4 Displaying the blood flow waveform

The abdominal region arterial measurement report (Artery Doppler block) can display the
Doppler trace line to obtain various blood flow measurement values. You can compare the
waveform pattern in front of and after the stenosis.

NOTE: The blood waveform is displayed different according to the display format during the
measurement. Please measure each arterial blood flow with the same display format in the B/D
mode (left and right and upper and lower B/D, DopWide and Normal). If they are measured in
different display modes, they will be displayed as follows.

From the top:


• Measurement in the B/D mode in UL/Normal
• Measurement in the B/D mode in UL/Wide
• Measurement in the B/D mode in LRWide or LR/Normal

1. Select W.Trace at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2)
3)

4)

2. Select Vessel group from the pull-down list.


→ Blood vessels that can be displayed will be shown as a list in the Select vessels to display
field.

3-32 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3. Select the display position of the Doppler pattern.


• RIGHT Side:   Displays the pattern on the right side of the screen.
• LEFT Side:   Displays the pattern on the left side of the screen.

4. Select the blood vessel to display.


→ Highlighted blood vessels will be displayed.
5. Select OK.
→ If you select RIGHT Side, the waveform will be displayed on the right side of the screen.

If you select LEFT Side, the waveform will be displayed on the left side of the screen.

6. To return to the report page, select Return.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-33


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1-5 Attaching an ultrasound image

You can attach ultrasound images to the report. The attached ultrasound images will be
displayed in the US Image block. You can add the stored images of the patient whose report is
being displayed from the hard disk of the instrument or from a connected storage medium, such
as USB memory.

Set the US Image block display using the following options under Report Data of the preset
menu.

• Set the display format in Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen.
• Set the number of images to display immediately after selecting US Image block in
Automatically be Displayed US Images Number.

1. Select US Image at the top of the report screen.


→ The US Image block is displayed. The number of images set in the preset settings is selected
from the latest images stored in the connected storage medium (such as HDD and external
media such as USB memory) and displayed, in the order of upper left, upper right, and so
on.
If Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen is 2×2 and Automatically be
Displayed US Images Number is 4, images will be displayed as shown below.
When three images are stored

3-34 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

2. If necessary, change the displayed images.


a Select Review at the bottom of the screen.
→ Images stored in the HDD of the instrument and/or in the connected medium will be
displayed as thumbnails. Only today's images of the current patient are displayed.
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

b Select the images to display.


→ Selected images will be displayed with a blue frame.
c Once you have selected all the images to display, select Paste Desired US.
→ The selected images alone are displayed in the US Image block.
Displaying past examination images
Select Change View below the thumbnails.
Images from past examinations of the current patient are displayed. Current&Post Exam. View
is displayed in the upper right of the screen. You can also select images from past examinations as
images to be displayed in US Image block.
When you re-select Change View, the screen switches to display the images of the day only
(Current Exam.View). Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-35


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-1-6 Displaying past reports

You can display past reports.

NOTE: You cannot modify the data in the past reports.

1. Click ▼ next to the date on the upper right corner of the report screen.
→ If past reports are available, a list of the report dates is displayed.

2. Select the date of the reports to display.


→ The report of the selected date is displayed.

3-36 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-2 Editing reports

You can edit the following contents in the report.

• Comments
• Opinions
• Measurement results

3-3-2-1 Entering comments

Enter comments including ultrasound comments in the Comment field in Header block.

1. Select <Comments>.
If <Comments> are hidden, select Header then <Comments>.
→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter a comment from the keyboard.


3. Select OK when you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-37


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-2-2 Entering findings

Enter the ultrasound findings of the organ concisely. Enter in the list box in each block or the
Findings field.

1. Select the findings from the list. Or enter from the keyboard.
Selecting from the list
a Click ▼ in the list.
b Highlight the applicable findings using the trackball, and press ENTER.

Entering directly
The input contents are be added to the list.
a Select the box.
b Enter from the keyboard.
→ The input contents are added to the list as user-defined contents.
To delete this contents form the list, highlight the contents using the trackball and
select Delete key.

3-38 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results

1. Select the measurement value to be modified.


→ A dialog box showing the measurement value is displayed.

display data

If the Display Data in the preset Report Data is set to Current, the latest data are shown
on the report screen. If it is set to Average, an average value is displayed.
2. Modify the data.
Deleting data
a Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b Select Delete in the dialog box.
c Select OK in the dialog box.

Modifying data
Some measurement results, such as PI and RI, correlate to the two blood flow velocities (EDV,
PSV) within the same heartbeat cycle. Modify the value to maintain the mutual time-phase
relationship.
a Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b Enter values from the keyboard.
c Select OK in the dialog box.
→ A # mark will be added next to the name of the modified item.

Display example: Correct EDV under CHA

Selecting the data to display


If Display Data of Report Data in the preset has been set to Current, you can change the
measurement value to be displayed on the report screen.
a Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b Select OK in the dialog box.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-39


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-3 Outputting reports

There are three ways to output the report.

• Output to the local printer: Selects the block to output.


• Output to PC via RS-232C: Outputs information other than image information (US
Image Block).
• Output as a CSV file: Outputs the values registered to the report to a connected medium
or device.
• Create a DICOM SR file: creates a DICOM SR file.

3-3-3-1 Printing

Print a report to the local printer (printer connected to the instrument).

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to Printer.
3. Select OK.
→ The following dialog box is displayed.

4. Select a block to print.


Select one of the block to print. Repeat this step and highlight all the blocks to print. To
deselect a block, select the block.
5. Specify the number of copies in the Num of Copies field.

3-40 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

6. If necessary, configure the printer properties.


a Select Property.
b See the next section to configure the printer property.

7. Select Print.

Printer property

You can set the advanced printer properties.

Item Selections Description


Printer name Select the model of the printer.

Paper sizes US Letter Prints on US letter size paper.

A4 Prints on A4 size paper.

Orientation Portrait Set the paper orientation to Portrait. (You can select only
Portrait.)
US Image Form 1×2 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 2 images per
column.
1×3 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 3 images per
column.
2×2 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 2 images per
column.
2×4 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 4 images per
column.
Signature Physician Adds the physician's signature field.

Phys. & Adds the physician and sonographer's signature fields.


Sonographer
None Hides the signature fields.

Title Inform Enables you to enter the report title (up to 80 letters).

Site Inform Enables you to enter the facility information (department,


address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-41


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC

You can output the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Add a check mark next to PC and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. If this is a revisit for the applicable patient, select Yes. If this is the first visit, select No.
4. Select OK.
→ Patient information and data registered in the report (excluding ultrasound images) will be
output to a PC.

3-42 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file

You can output data registered in the report as a CSV file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Add a check mark next to Export CSV file and select OK.
→ The following dialog box is displayed.

The file name is displayed as ID_Date_Application.


Select Cancel, the screen returns to the report screen.
3. Select the storage destination from the Target Medium list.
4. Change the file name if necessary.
5. Select OK.
→ The CSV file is saved in the specified medium.
The file form is populated with the patient information, numerical values and comments
accordingly.

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-43


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-3 Report

3-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file

You can create a DICOM SR file from the data displayed in the reports.

NOTE:You will need DICOM Structured Report Software (SOP-F31-21) (optional) to create a
DICOM SR file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Create SR, and select OK.


→ A DICOM SR file is created based on the data from the examination date displayed on the
report. If the file already exists, it will be overwritten.
At this point, the DICOM SR file is not yet transmitted.

Transmitting a DICOM SR file

NOTE:You will need DICOM Communication Software (SOP-F31-10) (optional) to connect to the
DICOM SR server.

The DICOM SR file you have just created will be transmitted to the DICOM SR server when
you press New Patient or select End Study button to finish the examination.
If SR Auto Creation in the preset (Common Preset > DICOM SR) is set to On and you have
not created a DICOM SR file of the day yet, an SR file of the present examination is created and
sent to DICOM SR server together with the DICOM SR file already created.

3-44 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

3-4 Preset

Abdominal measurement preset (Abdom preset) can be divided into three broad types as
follows:

• Create Measurement Tools


Enables you to specify the measurement method, caliper mark display and report display.
It also enables you to set up the basic and application measurements.
• Study Assignment
Enables you to configure the menu, transferred items and report view in a study.
You can set these for each study.
• SW Assignment
Enables you to assign measurement menus to buttons.

Table 3-4: Abdom preset configuration


Create Measurement Basic Measurement Measured Method & B.Mode
Tools Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Display Form Mark Display
Application Measured Method & B.Mode
Measurement Display Items D.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Report Data
Display Form Mark Display
User’s Calculation Reserved Word

Study Assignment Basic Menu Assign


Combined Report Display
Transfer List Assign
Other

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-45


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

SW Assignment +Mark Key Assignment


Hot Key Assignment
Measure SW Assignment

3-46 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

3-4-1 Abdom Preset

The following screen is an example of typical preset pages.

Abdom Preset
Abdom Preset top page

3-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools

You can specify the measurement method, caliper mark and report display settings.

Basic Measurement

See the preset for basic measurement ( → p.2-65).

Application Measurement

Specifies applied measurement settings (Abdom measurement).

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-47


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
B.Mode (1/3): B mode measurement parameters B.Mode (2/3): B mode measurement parameters

Measured Method & Display Items >


B.Mode (3/3): B mode measurement parameters

3-48 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (1/11): D mode measurement D.Mode (2/11): D mode measurement parameters
parameters

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (3/11): D mode measurement parameters D.Mode (4/11): D mode measurement parameters

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (5/11): D mode measurement parameters D.Mode (6/11): D mode measurement parameters

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-49


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (7/11): D mode measurement parameters D.Mode (8/11): D mode measurement parameters

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (9/11): D mode measurement parameters D.Mode (10/11): D mode measurement parameters

Measured Method & Display Items >


D.Mode (11/11): D mode measurement parameters

3-50 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

Caliper Auto Off: Caliper mark and Report Data


measurement result display after freezing is Report Data display format
canceled

Display Form: Display orientation of Display Form > Mark Display


measurement results; display format for multiple Caliper mark display parameters
results; and combined display with basic
measurements

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-51


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

User’s Calculation User’s Calculation > Reserved Word


User-defined calculation formula Reserved word registration for user-defined
calculation formula

3-52 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

3-4-1-2 Study Assignment

You can configure the menu, transferred items and report view in each study.

Study Assignment
Tree View parameters for a study; creating a user-defined study

Menu Assign Combined Report Display


Settings for measurement item menu to be Settings for blocks to display in a report
displayed on measurement menu

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-53


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

Transfer List Assign Other


Specifying measurement items for which the Operational guide message display setting
basic measurement results can be transferred

3-54 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-4 Preset

3-4-1-3 SW Assignment

You can assign measurement menus to the buttons and keyboard on the operation panel.

+Mark Key Assignment Hot Key Assignment


Settings for measurement that starts up with Assigning measurement items to alphanumeric
the + button keys

Measure SW Assignment
Specifying items assignable to Custom switches
or Function keys

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-55


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-5 References

3-5 References

3-5-1 Calculation

Table 3-5: Calculation for B-mode


Measurement
function name Formula
%STENO Diam %STENO = 100 × (A - B) ÷ A
A: Vessel lumen diameter, B: Residual diameter
%STENO Area %STENO = 100 × (A - B) ÷ A
A: Vessel lumen diameter, B: Residual diameter
Spleen Index SI = a × b

SOL Area Area = π ÷ 4 × d1 × d2


Volume = π ÷ 6× d1 × d2 × d3
Renal Volume Vol. = 0.49 × Length × Width × AP

F. Volume (MnV) FV (MnV) [ml/min] = MnV (cm/s) × CSA (cm2) × 60 (sec)× COEF

FVm (MnV) [ml/min] = Vm (cm/s) × CSA (cm2) × 60 (sec)


F. Volume (VTI) FV [ml/beat] = VTI (cm) × CSA (cm2)
FV [ml/min] = FV (ml/beat) × HR(BPM)

3-56 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-5 References

3-5-2 Clinical References

3-5-2-1 D mode measurement

1) Arteries
Michael Hennerici, Doris Neuerburg-Heusler
Vascular Diagnosis with Ultrasound Clinical References with Case Studies
Thieme ISBN: 0-86577-603-2
2) Hepatic Artery
John Herbetko. et al.
Venoocclusive Liver Disease After Bone Marrow Transpolation: Findings at Duplex
Sonography
AJR: 158, May 1992
3) CHA, SPA, SMA
Takefumi Nakamura, MD et al.
Quantitative Measurement of Abdominal Arterial Blood Flow Using Image-Directed
Doppler Ultrasonography: Superior Mesenteric,Splenic,and Common Hepatic Arterial
Blood Flow in Normal Adults
J Clin Ultrasound 17, 264-268, May 1989

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-57


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-5 References

3-5-3 Terms and abbreviations

Abbreviation Full spelling


%STENO %Stenosis
%STENO Area %Stenosis by area
%STENO Diam %Stenosis by Diameter
A-Ao Abdominal Aorta
ACC Acceleration
AccT Acceleration Time
AccT/FT AccT/FT
CA Celiac Artery
CBD Common Bile Duct
CHA Common Hepatic Artery
CIA Common Iliac Artery
Distal Distal
EDV End Diastolic Velocity
FlowT Flow time
F.Volume Flow Volume
GB Gallbladder
GB Wall - T Gallbladder Wall Thickness
HA Hepatic Artery
IMA Inferior Mesenteric Artery
Mid Middle
MnV Mean Velocity
Pancreas Pancreas
PI Pulsatility Index
PSV Peak Systolic Velocity
Pre Prand Pre Prandial
Post Prand Post Prandial
Prox Proximal
PV Portal Vein
Renal-A Renal Artery
Renal Vol. Renal Volume
Resid Residual
RI Resistance Index
SA Splenic Artery
SMA Superior Mesenteric Artery
SOL Space Occupying Lesions
S/D Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio
Vessl Vessel

3-58 MN1-5856 rev.1


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-5 References

Abbreviation Full spelling


Vm Mean Velocity

MN1-5856 rev.1 3-59


3 Abdominal Measurement
3-5 References

3-60 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement

4 Urological Measurement

Chapter contents

4-1 Urological measurement overview


4-2 Measurement methods
4-3 Report
4-4 Preset
4-5 References

This chapter describes the device settings based on the assumption that they are on the factory
default settings.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-1


4 Urological Measurement
4-1 Urological measurement overview

4-1 Urological measurement overview

4-1-1 Urological measurement menu

The following measurement menu and items are available for urological measurement.

Table 4-1: B mode


Study Menu Measurement items
PSA measurement PSA Volume Vol. PR-H PR-L PR-W
(Prostate & SV study) PSA mPSA PSAD COEF
PRS Slice Vol. Vol. PCAR Area Circ
Seminal Vesicles measurement Rt. Seminal V., SV-AP SV-RL SV-SI
(Prostate & SV study) Lt. Seminal V.
Bladder measurement Pre Bladder Vol, Bl-Vol. Bl-L Bl-W Bl-AP
(Bladder & Testis study) Pro Bladder Vol
(Prostate & SV study)
Testicle measurement Rt. Testis Vol, Vol. Tst-L Tst-W Tst-AP
(Bladder & Testis study) Lt. Testis Vol.
Renal measurement Rt. Renal Vol., Vol. Rnl-L Rnl-W Rnl-AP
(Kidney study) Lt. Renal Vol.
Rt. Cortex T, T1 T2 T3
Lt. Cortex T
Rt. Adrenal, L W AP
Lt. Adrenal

Table 4-2: B/D mode


Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Renal Artery Rt. Renal Art, PI RI S/D PSV EDV
measurement Lt. Renal Art MnV ACC AccT FlowT AccT/FT
(Kidney study)
Vm
UroDop1, UroDop2, PI RI S/D PSV EDV
UroDop3, UroDop4 MnV ACC AccT FlowT AccT/FT
Vm

4-2 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-1 Urological measurement overview

4-1-2 Urological measurement study

Urological measurement has the following studies.

• Prostate & SV: for prostate and seminal vesicles


• Bladder & Testis: for bladder and testis
• Kidney: for kidney
Measurement menu and report display vary depending on the selected study.

4-1-2-1 Switching the Study

You can switch the study using the current application.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select the top of the measurement menu (current study name).

3. Select the study to change.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-3


4 Urological Measurement
4-1 Urological measurement overview

4-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select Change Appl.
3. Select the application.
4. Select Study.

Menu display example: Changing from Basic in Abdomen


→ The screen switches to the study of the selected application.

4-4 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2 Measurement methods

This chapter explains the measurement method.

4-2-1 B mode

4-2-1-1 PSA Volume measurement

Measure the three dimensions (Height, Length, Width) from two orthogonally intersecting
cross-sections drawn using a per rectum biplane probe, and obtain the volume of the prostate.
Calculate the prostate specific antigen density (PSA Density) with respect to the volume of the
prostate, using the prostate specific antigen (PSA) value entered from the ID screen.

If necessary, enter 1.00 for Tamdem-R as the correction coefficient in the preset.
The factory default coefficient is set to 1.00 on the factory default.
If you use a kit other than Tandem-R, the PSA sensitivity and detection performance may not
be the same, even for the same patient. Contact the pharmaceutical company regarding the
correction coefficient with respect to Tandem-R.

1. Display the Prostate & SV Study.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse images of the prostate in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select PSA Volume from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Height, Length and Width.
→ The prostate volume value is displayed. If you have entered the serum PSA value on the ID
screen, PSAD is displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-5


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results

PRS Volume

Vol.: cm3 : Volume of prostate

PR-H: cm : Height of prostate

PR-L: cm : Length of prostate

PR-W: cm : Width of prostate

Predicted
PSA Value
PSA:
ng/ml : Serum PSA (Prostate Specific Antigen)
mPSA:
ng/ml : monoclonal PSA
PSAD: : PSA density

PSA COEF:
1.00 : Correction coefficient

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

4-6 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-2 PRS Slice Volume measurement

Using Step Planimetry, record the transverse image at specific and constant time interval and
measure the area. Multiply the area by the specific value of Pitch and integrate to calculate the
prostate volume.
By tracing the circumference of the prostrate at each transverse image drawn with a per rectum
radial probe, it is possible to obtain the presumed circle area ratio (PCAR).
Method of calculating volume
Calculation
S n-1 Sn
S2 Volume = {S1 × P1 + S2 × P2 + ... + Sn × Pn}
S1
S1, S2, ... :Each slice transverse image area.
Number of slices is no limit.
P1, P2, ... :Slice pitch (1 mm to 999 mm)

P1 P2 P n-1 Pn

PCAR
This is an index of how close the transverse image of the prostate is to a circle. It is defined as the
ratio S/S' where S' is a presumed circle that has the same circumference as the area S of the
maximum transverse image of the prostate.
S: Maximum area of the prostate obtained using the Trace method
L: Circumference of the maximum area S of the prostate
S’: Presumed circle area with the same circumference length L S' = π (L/π)2
Transverse image corresponding to the Presumed circuit of circumference L
maximum area

S S'

L
L
Calculation: Volume (cm3)= ∑ Si × Pitch PCAR = S/S'

1. Switch the measurement Study to Prostate & SV.


2. Save each transverse image of the prostate to the hard disk in the equipment.
a Display a transverse image of the prostate, and freeze it.
b Press STORE.
c Unfreeze and draw out the fixed interval portion where the per rectum radial probe is specified.
d Display and freeze the transverse image of the prostate when the portion was drawn out.
e Press STORE.
f Repeat the above steps to the end of the prostate.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-7


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

3. Recall each transverse image of the prostate that is stored in the memory of the
equipment.
a Select REVIEW key.
→ All of the images stored in the memory are displayed.
b Move the pointer to one of the images and quickly press ENTER button twice.

4. Select Measurement key.


5. Select PRS Slice Vol. from the measurement menu.
6. Trace the circumference of the measurement area of the prostate using the B. Trace
method.
7. Measure the measurement area of the prostate that was recorded after the second or later
time.
a Select REVIEW key.
b Select Next Image.
c Press +.
d Trace the circumference of the prostate using the B. Trace method.
e Repeat the step a to step c to measure the rest of prostate.

Changing the Pitch width


The factory default is 5 mm.
a Rotate the rotary encoder and display the dialog box to enter the Pitch.

b Enter values from the keyboard and press OK.

Measurement results

PRS Slice Vol : Prostate Slice Volume

Slice # 01 : Number of image slices during current measurement

Pitch: 5.0 mm : Probe withdrawal distance

Vol. (#01 ~#01) : Number of images used to calculate the volume of the prostate

cm3 : Volume of prostate

PCAR: : Presumed circle area ratio (Presumed Circle Area Ratio)

Area: cm2 : Area of transverse view of prostate during current measurement

Circ: cm : Circumference of prostate during current measurement

Reference:
B Trace Method → p.1-14

4-8 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-3 Seminal Vesicles measurement

Measure the size of the left and right seminal vesicles (A-P: Antero posterior diameter, R-L:
Right-left diameter, S-I: Supero inferior diameter) from the longitudinal and transverse images
of the seminal vesicles.

A-P

R-L S-I
Longitudinal View Transverse View

1. Switch the measurement Study to Prostate & SV.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse images of each seminal vesicle in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Rt. Seminal Vesicles or Lt. Seminal Vesicles from the measurement menu.
• For the right seminal vesicle, select Rt. Seminal Vesicles.
• For the left seminal vesicle, select Lt. Seminal Vesicles.

5. Measure SV-AP (A-P), SV-RL (R-L) and SV-SI (S-I) using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Rt.Seminal V : Right Seminal Vesicles

SV-AP: cm : Anterior-posterior of Seminal Vesicle

SV-RL: cm : Right left of Seminal Vesicle

SV-SI: cm : Supero inferior of Seminal Vesicle

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-9


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-4 Bladder Volume measurement

Obtain the volume of the bladder before and after it is full, and calculate the amount of urine
discharged from the difference between these figures.
Approximate the bladder to an ellipsoid, measure the major and minor axes of the transverse
image (Width, A-P) and the length of the major axis of the longitudinal image (Length), and
calculate the volume of the bladder.

A-P

Length Width
Longitudinal Image Transverse View

Set the Width, A-P and Length in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Switch the measurement Study to Prostate & SV or Bladder&Testis Study.


2. Record the longitudinal and transverse images of the bladder before urination in the B/B
mode.
3. Select Measurement key, and select Pre Bldr Vol from the measurement menu.
4. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, Width and A-P.
a Display the longitudinal image and measure Length.
b Display the transverse image and measure Width and A-P.

→ Volume (Pre Bldr Vol.) is displayed.


5. Select Measurement key.
6. Select Pst Bldr Vol from the measurement menu.
7. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, Width and A-P.
→ Volume (Pst Bldr Vol.) and the urinary excretion volume (Pre Bldr Vol. - Pst Bldr Vol.)
are displayed.

Measurement results

PreBldr Vol. : Pre Bladder Volume PstBldr Vol. : Post Bladder Volume
Vol.: ml : Volume of Bladder Vol.: ml : Volume of Bladder
Bl-L: cm : Length of Bladder Bl-L: cm : Length of Bladder
Bl-W: cm : Width of Bladder Bl-W: cm : Width of Bladder
Bl-AP: cm : Anterior-posterior Bl-AP: cm : Anterior-posterior of Bladder
of Bladder
Void Volume:
ml : Void Volume

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

4-10 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-5 Testicle Volume measurement

Approximate each of the left and right testicles to an ellipsoid, measure the major and minor
axes of the transverse image (Width, A-P) and the length of the major axis of the longitudinal
image (Length), and calculate the volume of each testicle.

A-P

Length Width
Longitudinal Image Transverse View

Set the Width, A-P and Length in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Display the Bladder&Testis Study.


2. Record the longitudinal and transverse images of the testicle in the B/B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Rt. Testis Vol or Lt. Testis Vol from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, Width and A-P.
→ Volume (Rt. Testis Vol.) is computed.

Measurement results

Rt. Testis Vol


Vol.: cc : Volume of Testicle

Tst-L: cm : Length of aTesticle

Tst-W: cm : Width of Testicle

Tst-AP: cm : Anterior-posterior of Testicle

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-11


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-6 Renal Volume measurement

Approximate each of the left and right renal volume to an ellipsoid, measure the major and
minor axes of the transverse image (Width, A-P) and the length of the major axis of the
longitudinal image (Length), and calculate the volume of each renal.

A-P

Length Width
Longitudinal Image Transverse View

Set the Width, A-P and Length in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Switch the measurement Study to Kidney.


2. Record the longitudinal and transverse images of the kidney in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Rt. Renal Vol or Lt. Renal Vol from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, Width and A-P.

Measurement results

Rt. RenalVol
Vol.: cc : Volume of Renal

Rnl-L: cm : Length of Renal

Rnl-W: cm : Width of Renal

Rnl-AP: cm : Anterior-posterior of Renal

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

4-12 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-7 Cortex Thickness measurement

Measure the thickness of each kidney cortex. Measurement can be performed at up to 3 points
each.

1. Switch the measurement Study to Kidney.


2. Display an image of kidney in the B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Rt. Cortex T or Lt. Cortex T from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Thickness1.
6. Measure Thickness2 and Thickness3 as needed.

Measurement results

Rt. Cortex T
T1 : cm : Thickness1

T2 : cm : Thickness2

T3 : cm : Thickness3

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-13


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-1-8 Adrenal measurement

Measure the major and minor axes (Width, A-P) of the transverse image, and the length of the
major diameter (Length) of the longitudinal image, of the adrenal gland.

A-P

Length Width
Longitudinal Image Transverse View

1. Switch the measurement Study to Kidney.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse image of the adrenal glad in the 2B mode.
3. Select Rt. Adrenal or Lt. Adrenal from the measurement menu.
4. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, Width and A-P.

Measurement results

Rt. Adrenal
L: cm : Length of Adrenal

W: cm : Width of Adrenal

AP: cm : Anterior-posterior of Adrenal

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

4-14 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-2 D mode

Keep the following notes in mind while taking measurements in D mode:

• When you record an arterial flow Doppler waveform (pulse method), set the Doppler
incident angle as small as possible. If the Doppler incident angle exceeds 60 degrees, the
blood velocity measurement error increases.
• When measuring the blood velocity using multiple blood flow waveform images, use
identical recording conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood
flow waveforms. The device will record blood velocity values as real numbers, but will
not display positive and negative symbols (±).
In particular, when the report measurement value display is set for average values
(Display Data is set to Average in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measurement > Report Data)), completely different measurement values
may be displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-15


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-2-1 Renal Artery measurement

Trace the renal artery flow Doppler waveforms, and obtain the blood flow measurement data
(PI, RI, S/D), and so on.

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). Navigate the
preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Items > D.Mode and
specify the measurement methods in respective measurement items.

1. Switch the measurement Study to Kidney.


2. Display the blood flow waveform of renal artery.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. From the measurement menu, select Rt. Renal Art. for right renal artery flow and select
Lt. Renal Art. for left renal artery flow.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
5. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.

6. If necessary, correct the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

Measurement results

Rt.Renal Art. : The selected menu name

PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV Ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: cm/s : End-diastolic velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

4-16 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

4-2-2-2 UroDop measurement

You can calculate the PSV (peak systolic velocity) of the arterial blood flow, EDV
(end-diastolic velocity or minimum diastolic velocity) and S/D.
In the urological arterial blood flow measurement, you can set four types of user-defined
measurements.

Urological blood flow measurement UroDop1

UroDop2
UroDop3
UroDop4
Measurement names can be changed in Name Assignment of the preset (Create Measurement
Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items > D.Mode).

In this measurement, set the following two points:

• Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)


• End-Diastolic EDV (velocity (EDV) or minimum diastolic velocity
NOTE: The end-diastolic velocity (EDV) and minimum diastolic velocity do not necessarily
match. Set the EDV time phase to match the blood velocity used for the measurement.

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). The
measurement method can be set in each measurement item in the preset (Application
Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode).

1. Record the pulsating blood flow Doppler waveform.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select UroDop1, UroDop2, UroDop3 or UroDop4 from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
4. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.

→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.
5. If necessary, correct the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-17


4 Urological Measurement
4-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results

UroDop1
PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV Ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: cm/s : End-diastolic velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

4-18 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3 Report

Measurement results and obtained index values are sorted and displayed in the report.

The following operations are available using the report:

1) Displaying measurement results and images

• Measurement results
• Graph display
• Recorded ultrasound images
• Past results
2) Editing results, comments and findings
3) Outputting reports (printing and saving)

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-19


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-1 Displaying reports

NOTE: Patient information is required to display a report. Enter patient information on the ID
screen.

4-3-1-1 Displaying reports

● Select REPORT from the measurement menu. Alternatively, select REPORT


(Hot Key 4 or custom switch).
→ The report is displayed.

The following buttons are located at the top of the report.

Return Closes the report.

Header Toggles the Header block (patient information) display between Long Form
and Short Form.
Prev. Displays the previous page.

Next Displays the next page.

(Study list) Switches the study in the report.

US Image Displays an ultrasound image in the report.

Output Outputs report data to a PC, Media or printer.

Switching the display from report to images

● Select Return located at the top of the report screen. Or select REPORT (custom
switch).

4-20 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report

Reports are displayed by study.


The urological Study includes Prostate & SV, Bladder & Testis and Kidney. Any study
allows you to classify information into Blocks for display. Header Block and Site Information
Block are always displayed in a report. Other blocks are set in the preset (Study Assignment
> Basic > Combined Report Data), and blocks including the measurement results registered
to the report are displayed.

Header Block
Patient information block from ID
screen.
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.
Site Information Block
Facility information, information on
physicians in charge and so on
Prostate Block
Displays the measurement results of
PSA Volume and PRS Slice V.
<Digital Findings>
Enter any comment related to the
results of a touch examination.
<Findings>
Enter any findings related to the
ultrasound image of the prostate.
Seminal Vesicles Block
Displays Seminal Vesicles
measurement results.
Bladder Block
Displays Bladder Volume
measurement results.

Testicles Block
Displays Testis Volume measurement
results.
Kidney Block
Displays Renal Volume, Cortical
Thickness and Renal Artery
measurement results.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-21


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

Adrenal Block
Displays the Adrenal measurement
results.
Uro. Doppler Measurement Block
Displays Uro Dop1 to Uro Dop4
measurement results.

In addition to the above, US Image block that displays an ultrasound image.

4-3-1-3 Displaying the graph

You can display the measurement results and transition of index values in graph for prostate,
testis, bladder and kidney.

1. Select Graph at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select the graph items to display.


3. Select OK.
→ The graph is displayed.

4. To close the graph display, select Graph at the top of the report screen.

4-22 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-1-4 Attaching an ultrasound image

You can attach ultrasound images to the report. The attached ultrasound images will be
displayed in the US Image block. You can add the stored images of the patient whose report is
being displayed from the hard disk of the instrument or from a connected storage medium, such
as USB memory.

Set the US Image block display using the following options under Report Data of the preset
menu.

• Set the display format in Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen.
• Set the number of images to display immediately after selecting US Image block
inAutomatically be Displayed US Images Number.

1. Select US Image at the top of the report screen.


→ The US Image block is displayed. The latest images (the number of which is preset) are
loaded from a connected storage medium (such as HDD or USB memory) and displayed
from top left to right.
Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen is 2×2 and Automatically be
Displayed US Images Number is 4, images will be displayed as shown below.

When three images are stored


2. If necessary, change the displayed images.
a Select Review at the bottom of the screen.
→ Images stored in the HDD of the instrument and/or in the connected medium will be
displayed as thumbnails. Only today's images of the current patient are displayed.
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-23


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

b Select the images to display.


c Once you have selected all the images to display, select Paste Desired US.
→ Only the selected images will be displayed in the US Image block.
Displaying past examination images
Select Change View below the thumbnails. Current&Post Exam.View is displayed in the upper
right of the screen, and the current patient's past examination images are displayed. You can also
select images from past examinations to display in the US Image block.
If you select Change View again, the device displays only today's images (Current Exam.View).
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

4-24 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-1-5 Displaying past reports

You can display past reports.

NOTE: You cannot modify the data in the past reports.

1. Click ▼ next to the date on the upper right corner of the report screen.
→ If past reports are available, a list of the report dates is displayed.

2. Select the date of the reports to display.


→ The report of the selected date is displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-25


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-2 Editing reports

You can edit the following contents in the report.

• Comments
• Opinions
• Measurement results

4-3-2-1 Entering comments

Enter comments including ultrasound comments in the Comment s s field in Header block.

1. Select <Comments>.
→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter comment using the keyboard.


3. Select OK after you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

4-26 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-2-2 Entering findings

In the urological report, you will find the findings fields in Prostate Block and Kidney Block.
Prostate Block is consisted of Digital Findings and Findings.
Kidney Block is consisted of Findings.

Enter findings in the Digital Findings. Prostate & SV Block

Enter findings in the touch examination.

1. Select<Digital Findings> in Prostate Block.


→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter a comment from the keyboard.


3. Select OK after you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-27


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

Enter findings in Findings.

You can enter the prostate ultrasound findings to each field of Findings in Prostate Block.
You can enter the kidney ultrasound findings to each field of Findings in Kidney Block.

1. Select the findings from the Findings list. Or enter from the keyboard.
Selecting from the list
a Select ▼ of list.
b Highlight the applicable findings using the trackball, and press ENTER.

Using the keyboard to enter findings


The input contents are be added to the list.
a Select box.
b Enter from the keyboard.
→ The input contents are added to the list as user-defined contents.
To delete this contents form the list, highlight the contents using the trackball and
select Delete key.

4-28 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

Findings list

Findings is consisted of the following items. 下記にない場合、 リ ス ト 欄に直接入力 し ま


す。

1) Prostate & SV Block

<Findings> Setting
Mass Cystic Solid Mixed
Symmetricity Symmetric Asymmetric R>L L>R
Capsule Intact Disrupted TURP
Echogenicity Normal Hypoechoic Isoechoic Hyperechoic Diffuse
Prostatitis Yes No
Lesion Location Zone Peripheral Central Transition
Biopsy Location Yes No
How many sticks 1 to 10

2) Kidney Block

<Findings> Options
Agenesis Kidney
Supernumerary Kidney
Horseshoe Kidney
Cake Kidney
Pelvic Kidney
Hydronephrosis
Polycystic Kidney
Mass-Cystic
Mass-Solid
Mass-Mixed

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-29


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results

1. Select the measurement value to modify.


→ A dialog box showing the measurement value is displayed.

display data

When Display Data of Report Data in the preset is Current, the latest is displayed on the
report screen. If it is set to Average, an average value is displayed.
2. Modify the data.
Deleting data
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select Delete in the dialog box.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Modifying data
When measurement results, such as PI and RI, have a correlation to the two blood flow velocities
(EDV, PSV) within the same heartbeat cycle, correct them to maintain the mutual time-phase
relationship.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Enter values from the keyboard.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Selecting the data to display
If Display Data of Report Data in the preset has been set to Current, you can change the
measurement value to be displayed on the report screen.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select OK in the dialog box.

Displaying a modified reports


A # mark will be added next to the name of the modified item.

4-30 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-3 Outputting reports

There are three ways to output the report.

• Outputting to a local printer: Selects the block to output.


• Outputting the report data to a PC via RS-232 interface: Outputs the information other
than the image information (US Image Block).
• Outputting as a CSV file: Outputs the values registered to the report to a connected
medium or the like.

4-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer

Print a report to the local printer (printer connected to the instrument).

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to Printer, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. Select a block to print.


Select one of the block to print. Repeat this step and highlight all the blocks to print. To
deselect a block, select the block.
4. Specify the number of copies in the Num of Copies field.
5. If necessary, configure the printer properties.
a Select Property.
b See the next section to configure the printer property.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-31


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

6. Select Print.

Printer property

You can set the advance print properties.

Item Selections Description


Printer name Selects the printer model.

Paper sizes US Letter Prints on US letter size paper.

A4 Prints on A4 size paper.

Orientation Portrait Set the paper orientation to Portrait. (You can select only
Portrait.)
US Image Form 1×2 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 2 images per
column.
1×3 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 3 images per
column.
2×2 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 2 images per
column.
2×4 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 4 images per
column.
Signature Physician Adds the physician's signature field.

Physician & Adds the physician and sonographer's signature fields.


Sonographer
None Hides the signature fields.

Title Inform Enables you to enter the report title (up to 80 letters).

Site Inform Enables you to enter the facility information (department,


address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).

4-32 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC

You can output the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to PC, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. If this is a revisit for the applicable patient, select Yes. If this is the first visit for the
applicable patient, select No.
4. Select OK.
→ Patient information and data registered in the report (excluding ultrasound images) will be
output to a PC.

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-33


4 Urological Measurement
4-3 Report

4-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file

You can output data registered in the report as a CSV file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Export CSV file, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

The file name is displayed as ID_Date_Application.


Select Cancel to return to the report screen.
3. Select the storage destination from the Target Medium list.
4. Change the file name if necessary.
5. Select OK.
→ The CSV file is saved in the specified medium.
The file form is populated with the patient information, numerical values and comments
accordingly.

4-34 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

4-4 Preset

The urological measurement preset can be classified roughly into three types.

• Create Measurement Tools


Enables you to specify the measurement method, caliper mark display and report display.
It also enables you to set up the basic and application measurements.
• Study Assignment
Enables you to configure the menu, transferred items and report view in a study.
You can set these for each study.
• SW Assignment
Enables you to assign measurement menus to buttons.

Table 4-3: Urology preset configuration


Create Measurement Basic Measurement Measured Method & B.Mode
Tools Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Display Form Mark Display
Application Measured Method & B.Mode
Measurement Display Items D.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Report Data
Display Form Mark Display
User’s Calculation Reserved Word

Study Assignment Basic Menu Assign


Combined Report Display
Transfer List Assign
Other

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-35


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

SW Assignment +Mark Key Assignment


Hot Key Assignment
Measure SW Assignment

4-36 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

4-4-1 Urology Preset

The following screen is an example of typical preset pages.

URO Preset
Urology Preset top page

4-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools

You can specify the measurement method, caliper mark and report display settings.

Basic Measurement

See the preset for basic measurement ( → p.2-65).

Application Measurement

Specifies applied measurement settings (urological measurement).

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-37


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items > B.Mode Measured Method & Display Items > B.Mode
(1/2): B mode measurement settings (2/2): B mode measurement settings

Measured Method & Display Items > D.Mode Measured Method & Display Items > D.Mode
(1/3): D mode measurement settings (2/3): D mode measurement settings

Measured Method & Display Items > D.Mode


(3/3): D mode measurement settings

4-38 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

Caliper Auto Off: Settings for caliper mark and


measurement results display when freezing is
canceled

Unit Selection: Measurement result display unit Report Data: Report data display settings
settings

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-39


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

Display Form Display Form > Mark Display


Display orientation of measurement results; Caliper mark display parameters
display format for multiple results; and combined
display with basic measurements

User’s Calculation User’s Calculation > Reserved Word


User-defined calculation formula Reserved word registration for user-defined
calculation formula

4-40 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

4-4-1-2 Study Assignment

You can configure the menu, transferred items and report view in each study.

Study Assignment: Tree View display settings for a study and study user creation

Menu Assign: Combined Report Display:


Measurement menu item settings Blocks to be displayed in a report

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-41


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

Transfer List Assign: Other:


Settings for basic measurement result transfer Operational guide message display setting

4-42 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-4 Preset

4-4-1-3 SW Assignment

You can assign measurement menus to the buttons and keyboard on the operation panel.

+Mark Key Assignment Hot Key Assignment


Settings for measurement that starts up with the Assigning measurement items to alphanumeric
+ button keys

Measure SW Assignment
Specifying assignable items to Custom switch and
Function keys

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-43


4 Urological Measurement
4-5 References

4-5 References

4-5-1 Calculation

Measurement
Menu Formula
PSA Volume Volume (cm3) = 0.52 × Height × Width × Length

mPSA (ng/ml) = 0.12 × Volume × PSA Coefficient


PSAD (ng/ml/g) = PSA × PSA Coefficient / Volume
PRS Slice Vol. Volume (cm3) = Σ Si × Pitch

PCAR = S/S’
S: Maximum cross-section of the prostate that was measured by
the B Trace method
L: Circumference of the maximum cross-section S of the
prostate
S': Presumed circle area with the same circumference length (S'
= π × (L/2π)2)
Bladder Volume Volume (ml) = π/6 × Length × Width × (A-P)

Testis Volume Volume (cc) = 0.65× Length × Width × (A-P)

Renal Volume Volume (cc) = 0.49× Length × Width × (A-P)

4-44 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-5 References

4-5-2 Clinical References

4-5-2-1 B mode

1) PSA Volume
Benson MC, Whang IS, Olsson CA, McMahon DJ, Cooner WH. “The use of prostate
specific antigen density to enhance the predictive value of intermediate levels of serum
prostate specific antigen.” J Urol. 1992 March, 147 (3 Pt 2), 817-821
2) mPSA
Littrup PJ, Lee F, Mettlin C. “Prostate cancer screening: current trends and future
implications.” CA Cancer J Clin. 1992 July-August, 42 (4), 198-211.
3) PRS Slice Volume
Watanabe H, Igari D, Tanahashi Y, Harada K, Saitoh M. “Transrectal
ultrasonotomography of the prostate,” J Urol. 1975 November, 114 (5), 734-739.
4) PCAR
H.Ohe, D. et al:
Journal of the Japan Society of Ultrasonics Medicine 1977 Vol.32 November P.121-122
5) Seminal Vesicles
Barry B. Goldberg, Alfred B. Kurtz, “Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements,” Mosby Year
Book Medical Publishers INC., 177-178, ISBN: 0815135416
6) Bladder Volume
Barry B.Goldberg, M. D., Alfred B. Kurtz, M. D., “Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements,”
Mosby Year Book Medical Publishers, INC., 1990, 165-170, ISBN: 0815135416
7) Testis Volume

• Barry B.Goldberg, M. D., Alfred B. Kurtz, M. D., “Atlas of Ultrasound


Measurements,” Mosby Year Book Medical Publishers, INC., 1990, 185-187,
ISBN: 0815135416
• V. Dornberger, G. Dornberger, M. Eggstein, “Volumetrie des Hodens mittels
Real-time-Sonograhie,” Ultrascall, 7, 300-303, 1986
8) Renal Volume

• Barry B.Goldberg, M. D., Alfred B. Kurtz, M. D., “Atlas of Ultrasound


Measurements,” Mosby Year Book Medical Publishers, INC., 1990, 156-158,
ISBN: 0815135416
• Hricak H, Lieto RP. “Sonographic Determination of Renal Volume,” Radiology, 1983 July,
148 (1), 311-312

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-45


4 Urological Measurement
4-5 References

4-5-2-2 D mode

1) Renal Artery

• Burdick L, Airoldi F, Marana I, Giussani M, Alberti C, Cianci M, Lovaria A, Saccheri S,


Gazzano G, Morganti A. “Superiority of acceleration and acceleration time over pulsatility
and resistance indices as screening tests for renal artery stenosis,” J Hypertens., 1996
October, 14 (10), 1229-1235
• Nazzal MM, Hoballah JJ, Miller EV, Sharp WJ, Kresowik TF, Corson J. “Renal Hilar
Doppler Analysis Is of Value in the Management of Patients with Renovascular Disease,”
Am J Surg., 1997 August, 174 (2), 164-168.

4-46 MN1-5856 rev.1


4 Urological Measurement
4-5 References

4-5-3 Abbreviation

Abbreviation Meaning
ACC Acceleration
AccT Acceleration Time
AccT/FT AccT/FT
Adrenal Adrenal
AP Antero posterior diameter
Area Area
Bl Bladder
Circ Circumference
Cortex Cortical
EDV End-diastolic velocity
FlowT Flow time
L Length
MnV Mean velocity
mPSA monoclonal PSA
PCAR Presumed Circle Area Ratio
PI Pulsatility Index
Pitch Slice Pitch(interval)
PRS Prostate
Pre.Bldr Vol. Pre Bladder Volume
PRS Slice Volume Prostate Slice Volume by stepper method
PSA Prostate Specific Antigen
PSA COEF. PSA Coefficient
PSA Volume Prostate Specific Antigen Volume
PSAD PSA Density
Pst.Bldr Vol. Post Bladder Volume
PSV Peak Systolic Velocity
Renal Art Renal Artery
Renal Vol. Renal Volume
RI Resistance Index
RL Right-Left diameter
Rnl Renal
Rt./Lt. Right/Left
S/D Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio
SI Supero inferior diameter
Slice # Slice Number
SV Seminal Vesicles
T1 Cortex Thickness1

MN1-5856 rev.1 4-47


4 Urological Measurement
4-5 References

Abbreviation Meaning
T2 Cortex Thickness2
T3 Cortex Thickness3
Testis Vol. Testicular Volume
Tst Testis
Uro Dop1 Uro Doppler
Vm Mean velocity
Vol. Volume
W Width

4-48 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement

5 Small Parts Measurement

Chapter contents

5-1 Superficial organ measurement overview


5-2 Measurement methods
5-3 Report
5-4 Preset
5-5 References

This chapter describes the device settings based on the assumption that they are on the factory
default settings.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-1 Superficial organ measurement overview

5-1 Superficial organ measurement overview

5-1-1 Small Parts Measurement Menu

The following measurement menu and items are available for superficial organ measurement.

Table 5-1: B mode


Measurement name, Menu Measurement items
Lesion measurement (for breast use)
Rt.Lesion(Breast)1 to Rt.Lesion(Breast)6 Diam1 Diam2 Diam3 Vol.
Lt.Lesion(Breast)1 to Lt.Lesion(Breast)6
Aspect ratio measurement
Rt.D/W ratio1 to Rt.D/W ratio6 Depth Width D/W
Lt.D/W ratio1 to Lt.D/W ratio6
Nipple-tumor distance measurement
Rt.NT dist1 to Rt.NT dist6 NT dist
Lt.NT dist1 to Lt.NT dist6
Thyroid gland volume measurement
Rt.Thyroid Vol L AP W Vol.
Lt.Thyroid Vol
Thyroid isthmus thickness measurement
Isthmus T
Isthmus Thickness

Table 5-2: D mode


Menu Measurement items
Arterial blood flow measurement (for breast) PI RI S/D PSV EDV
BreDop1, BreDop2, BreDop3 MnV Vm
Arterial blood flow measurement (for thyroid PI RI S/D PSV EDV
gland)
MnV Vm
ThyDop1, ThyDop2, ThyDop3

5-2 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-1 Superficial organ measurement overview

5-1-2 Superficial organ measurement study

Superficial organ measurement has the following studies.

• Breast: for mammary gland


• Thyroid: for thyroid
Measurement menu and report display vary depending on the selected study.

5-1-2-1 Switching the Study

You can switch the study using the current application.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select the top of the measurement menu (current study name).

3. Select Study.

5-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select Change Appl.
3. Select the application.
4. Select Study.

Menu display example: Changing from Basic in Abdomen


→ The screen switches to the study of the selected application.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-3


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-1 B mode

5-2-1-1 Lesion Breast measurement

Calculates the volume of the lesion by approximating the image of the measurement target as a
rotating ellipsoid. Measure the lengths of the three axes of the image including the high-echo
boundary region at the largest cross section.

Diagrams of lesion
A
A
B B A: High-echo region
Diam2
B: Low-echo region

Diam1 Diam3

1. Use 2B mode to record the maximum diameter (Diam1) of the lesion and the diameter
(Diam3) that is orthogonal to it.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Lesion Breast from the measurement menu.
Lesion Breast measurement menu
The measurement menu are consisted of Rt.Lesion Breast1 to Rt.Lesion Breast6 for right breast
and Lt.Lesion Breast1 to Lt.Lesion Breast6 for left breast.
4. Measure the maximum diameter (Diam1) using the [+] mark displayed.
5. Measure the height (Diam2) at the maximum diameter.
6. Measure the maximum diameter (Diam3) of the cross section that intersects orthogonally
with the maximum diameter section.

Measurement results

Rt.Lesion1
Diam1: mm : Diameter of first axis

Diam2: mm : Diameter of second axis

Diam3: mm : Diameter of third axis

Caliper Method → p.1-12

5-4 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-1-2 D/W ratio measurement

Use this function to measure the maximum longitudinal (D) and transverse (W) diameters of the
maximum cross-sectional image of a lesion (measurement target) that does not include any
high-echo boundary in, and to calculate the D/W ratio.

Diagrams of lesion
A A: High-echo region
B Depth B: Low-echo region

Width

1. Record the largest section through the lesion.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select D/W ratio from the measurement menu.
D/W ratio measurement menu
The measurement menu are consisted of Rt.D/W ratio1 to Rt.D/W ratio6 for right breast and
Lt.D/W ratio1 to Lt.D/W ratio6 for left breast.
4. Measure the maximum longitudinal diameter (Depth) using the Caliper method.
5. Measure the maximum transverse diameter (Width) using the Caliper method.
→ D/W ratio is calculated.

Measurement results

Rt.D/W Ratio1
D/W: : D/W ratio

Depth: mm : Maximum longitudinal diameter

Width: mm : Maximum transverse diameter

Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-5


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-1-3 NT distance measurement

Use this function to measure the shortest distance between the edge of the lesion and the
midpoint of the straight line joining the underside of the peripapillary skin.

A Diagram of papilla of breast


A: skin
B B
B: fat
C
C: mammary gland
D D: tumor

1. Record an image that includes the nipple and the lesion.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select NT dist from the measurement menu.
NT dist measurement menu
The measurement menu are consisted of Rt.NT dist1 to Rt.NT dist6 for right breast and Lt.NT
dist1 to Lt.NT dist6 for left breast.
4. Use this function to measure the shortest distance between the edge of the lesion and the
midpoint of the straight line joining the underside of the peripapillary skin using the
Caliper method.

Measurement results

Rt. NT dist1:
mm : Nipple-tumor distance

Caliper Method → p.1-12

5-6 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-1-4 Thyroid Volume measurement

Use this function to measure the length of the longitudinal section (Length), the
anterior-posterior distance (A-P), and the width of the transverse section (Width), and the
volume is calculated, approximating the lobes of the thyroid (left and right) to spheroids.

A-P
trachea

Length
Width

The factory default coefficient is set to 0.479 for the calculation to determine the volume of the
thyroid lobes. The coefficient can be set in the COEF under Thyroid Volume in the preset
(Measured Method & Display Items > B.Mode).

1. Record the longitudinal and transverse cross-sections of the left or right thyroid lobe in
2B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Thyroid Volume from the measurement menu.
• To measure the left thyroid lobe, select Lt.Thyroid Volume.
• To measure the right thyroid lobe, select Rt.Thyroid Volume.

4. Display the longitudinal image and measure Length using the Caliper method.
5. Measure the A-P using the Caliper method.
6. Display the transverse image and measure Length using the Caliper method.
→ The volume is calculated.

Measurement results

Rt.Thyroid V: mm3 : Volume of the right thyroid lobe

L: mm : Length of the right thyroid lobe

A-P: mm : A-P distance of the right thyroid lobe

W: mm : Width of the right thyroid lobe

Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-7


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-1-5 Isthmus Thickness measurement

Use this function to measure the thickness of the thyroid isthmus.

A: thyroid lobes
A
B: trachea

1. Record the longitudinal and transverse cross-sections of the left or right thyroid lobe in
2B mode.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Isthmus Thickness from the measurement menu.
4. Measure the thickness of the thyroid lobes using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Isthmus T: mm : Thyroid isthmus thickness

Caliper Method → p.1-12

5-8 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

5-2-2 D mode

Keep the following notes in mind while taking measurements in D mode:

• When you record an arterial flow Doppler waveform (pulse method), set the Doppler
incident angle as small as possible. If the Doppler incident angle exceeds 60 degrees, the
blood velocity measurement error increases.
• When measuring the blood velocity using multiple blood flow waveform images, use
identical recording conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood
flow waveforms. The device will record blood velocity values as real numbers, but will
not display positive and negative symbols (+/-).
In particular, when the report measurement value display is set for average values
(Display Data is set to Average in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measurement > Report Data)), completely different measurement values
may be displayed.

5-2-2-1 BreDop measurement or ThyDop measurement

The following measurement menu are available for superficial organ region arterial blood flow
measurement.

Breast blood flow BreDop1


measurement
BreDop2
BreDop3
Thyroid blood flow ThyDop1
measurement
ThyDop2
ThyDop3
Measurement names can be changed in Name Assignment of the preset (Create
Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Measurement
Items > D.Mode).

In this measurement, set the following two points:

• Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)


• End-Diastolic Velocity (EDV) or minimum diastolic velocity
The end-diastolic velocity (EDV) and minimum diastolic velocity do not necessarily match.
Set the EDV time phase to match the blood velocity used for the measurement.

A blood flow measurement that traces the Doppler waveform (Dop.Trace) and another that
directly points to the Doppler waveform (Dop.Caliper) are available.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-9


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

Measurement using Doppler Trace method

Trace the Doppler waveform to detect the points for Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) and End
Diastolic Velocity (EDV).

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). The
measurement method can be set in each measurement item in the preset (Application
Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode).

1. Record the pulsating blood flow Doppler waveform.


2. Select the Measurement key.
3. Select BreDop1 to BreDop3 or ThyDop1 to ThyDop3 from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
4. Trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.

→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.
5. If necessary, correct the EDV time phase to the end diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

Measurement results
(for BreDop1 measurement)
BreDop1
PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak Systolic Velocity

EDV: cm/s : End Diastolic Velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean Velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

5-10 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-2 Measurement methods

Measurement using the point (caliper)

Directly specify 2 points for the Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) and the End Diastolic Velocity
(EDV).

Select Caliper for each measurement items in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode).

1. Record the pulsating blood flow Doppler waveform.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select BreDop1 ~ BreDop3 or ThyDop1 ~ ThyDop3 from the measurement menu.
4. Set the Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) point.
a Move the caliper mark to the Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV) point.
b Press ENTER.

5. Set the End Diastolic Velocity (EDV) point.


EDV time phase
Match to the blood velocity (end diastolic velocity or minimum diastolic velocity) to be used for
measurement.
a Move the caliper mark to the EDV position.
b Press ENTER.

→ Once PSV or EDV is set, S/D and so on are displayed.

Measurement results

BreDop2 : (selected measurement name)

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak Systolic Velocity

EDV: cm/s : End Diastolic Velocity

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-11


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3 Report

Measurement results and obtained index values are sorted and displayed in the report.

The following operations are available using the report:

1) Displaying measurement results and images

• Measurement results
• Recorded ultrasound images
• Past results
2) Editing results, comments and findings
3) Outputting reports (printing and saving)

5-12 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-1 Displaying reports

Patient information is required to display a report. Enter patient information on the ID screen.

5-3-1-1 Displaying reports

● Select REPORT from the measurement menu. Alternatively, select REPORT


(Hot Key 4 or custom switch).
→ The report is displayed.

The following buttons are located at the top of the report.

Return Closes the report.

Header Toggles the Header block (patient information) display between Long Form
and Short Form.
Prev. Displays the previous page.

Next Displays the next page.

(Study list) Switches the study in the report.

US Image Displays an ultrasound image in the report.

Output Outputs report data to a PC, Media or printer.

Switching the display from report to images

● Select Return located at the top of the report screen. Or select REPORT (custom
switch).

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-13


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report

Reports are displayed by study.


Small Parts measurement includes Breast and Thyroid studies. Any study allows you to
classify information into Blocks for display. Header Block and Site Information Block are
always displayed in a report. Other blocks are set in the preset (Study Assignment > Basic >
Combined Report Data), and blocks including the measurement results registered to the
report are displayed.

Breast Report

The measurement results of a Breast Study are displayed as follows:

Header Block
Patient information entered on the ID
screen
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.
Site Information Block
Facility information, information on
physicians in charge and so on
Lesion Breast & NT dist
Results of Lesion Breast measurement
and NT Distance measurement

Breast Schema
• Breast schema block
Plot: Plot the lesion markers on the
schema
• Data fields for Right and Left
(Findings)
Enter any findings related to the
lesion on each breast (region and
direction (clock face method) and
ultrasound findings)
Lymph NodeSchema
• Breast schema block
Plot: Plot the lesion markers on the
schema

5-14 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

D/W ratio
D/W ratio measurement results

Breast Doppler
BreDop Measurement results

Tyroid Report

The measurement results of a Thyroid Study are displayed as follows:

Header Block
Patient information entered on the ID
screen
Site Information Block
Facility information entered on the ID
screen
Thyroid Volume Block
Measurement results of the Thyroid
Volume and Isthmus Thickness
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.

Tyroid Doppler Block


BreDop Measurement results

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-15


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-1-3 Attaching an ultrasound image

You can attach ultrasound images to the report. The attached ultrasound images will be
displayed in the US Image block. You can add the stored images of the patient whose report is
being displayed from the hard disk of the instrument or from a connected storage medium, such
as USB memory.

Set the US Image block display using the following options under Report Data of the preset
menu.

• Set the display format in Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen.
• Set the number of images to display immediately after selecting US Image block
inAutomatically be Displayed US Images Number.

1. Select US Image at the top of the report screen.


→ The US Image block is displayed. The latest images (the number of which is preset) are
loaded from a connected storage medium (such as HDD or USB memory) and displayed
from top left to right.
Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen is 2×2 and Automatically be
Displayed US Images Number is 4, images will be displayed as shown below.

When four images are stored

5-16 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

2. If necessary, change the displayed images.


a Select Review at the bottom of the screen.
→ Images stored in the HDD of the instrument and/or in the connected medium will be
displayed as thumbnails. Only today's images of the current patient are displayed.
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

b Move the pointer to the image you wish to display, then press ENTER.
→ Selected images will be displayed with a blue frame.
c Once you have selected all the images to display, select Paste Desired US.
→ Only the selected images will be displayed in the US block.
Displaying past examination images
Select Change View below the thumbnails. Current&Post Exam.View is displayed in the upper
right of the screen, and the current patient's past examination images are displayed. You can also
select images from past examinations to display in the US Image block.
If you select Change View again, the device displays only today's images (Current Exam.View).
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-17


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-1-4 Displaying past reports

You cannot modify the data in the past reports.

1. Move the cursor to ▼ in the upper right corner of the Report screen, and press ENTER.
→ If past reports are available, a list of the report dates is displayed.

2. Select the date of the reports to display.


→ The report of the selected date is displayed.

5-18 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-2 Editing reports

You can edit the following content in the superficial organ report.

• Comments
• Findings (including the lesion plot on the schema)
• Measurement results

5-3-2-1 Entering comments

Enter comments including ultrasound comments in the Comment field in Header block.

1. Select <Comments> in Header Block.


→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter a comment from the keyboard.


3. Select OK after you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-19


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-2-2 Entering findings

Plot the lesion portion to the schema and enter the findings for each lesion. You can select the
schema corresponding to the selected report.

Report block Schema name Schema


Breast Schema Breast Schema 1

Breast Schema 2

Lymph Node Schema Lymph Node Schema

Entering findings: Breast Schema 1

Plot the lesion portion to the schema . Enter the findings for each lesion.
The plot position will be listed in the report in the form of the region category and direction
(clock face method) that indicate the lesion.

The lesion plotted on the schema is displayed as follows:

R: Right
L: Left
A: Inner Upper
C A A C B: Inner Lower
E E C: Outer Upper
D B B D D: Outer Lower
E: Subareolar (under the nipple)

1. Display the report.


2. Select Plot of the Breast schema Block.
→ Switches to the Plot Screen for Breast schema.
3. Select from the Schema.
4. Plot the lesion.

5-20 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

a Select the plot maker to plot.


b Select the measurement result number to plot.
Measurement result number
Rt L1 to L6 correspond to the measurement of Rt. Lesion (Breast)1 to Rt. Lesion
(Breast)6.
Lt L1 to L6 correspond to the measurement of Lt. Lesion (Breast)1 to Lt. Lesion
(Breast)6.
→ The + mark is displayed on the schema.
The selected measurement results is displayed on the schema as:
(Diam1)x(Diam2)x(Diam3).
c Move the + mark to the applicable location of the schema and press ENTER.
d Repeat the above step as necessary.

Modifying plot location


a) Select the mark to modify on the schema.
b) Select Move.
c) Move the + mark to the applicable location and press ENTER.
Deleting plot mark
a) Select the mark to delete on the schema.
b) Select Delete.
5. Select OK.
→ Return to the report screen.
The region and direction of the plotted marker is displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-21


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

6. Enter the finding for each lesion.


Entering directly
The input contents are be added to the list.
Delete the contents from the list
Highlight the contents using the trackball and select Delete key.

Entering findings: Breast Schema 2

Plot the lesion portion to the schema . Plot the markers of a lesion in two
positions, one on the front view and the other on the side view.
The plot position will be listed in the report in the form of the region category and direction
(clock face method) that indicate the lesion.

3 3
2 2
1
S S 1
A B C C B A

Fig. 5-1: Region category indicating the lesion


R: Right, L: Indicates the Left, S:Subareolar (portion below papilla).

1. Display the report.


2. Select Plotof the Breast schema Block.
→ Switches to the Plot Screen for Breast schema.
3. Select from the Schema.
4. Plot the lesion.
a Select the plot maker to plot.
b Select the measurement result number to plot.
Measurement result number
Rt L1 to L6 correspond to the measurement of Rt. Lesion (Breast) 1 to Rt. Lesion
(Breast) 6.
Lt L1 to L6 correspond to the measurement of Lt. Lesion (Breast) 1 to Lt. Lesion
(Breast) 6.
→ The + mark is displayed on the schema.
The selected measurement results is displayed on the schema as:
(Diam1)x(Diam2)x(Diam3).

5-22 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

c Move the + mark to the applicable location of the front or side view and press ENTER.
d Move the + mark to the other applicable location of the schema of the front or side view
and press ENTER.
e Repeat the above step as necessary.

Modifying plot location


a) Select the mark to modify on the schema.
b) Select Move.
c) Move the + mark to the applicable location and press ENTER.
Deleting plot mark
a) Select the mark to delete on the schema.
b) Select Delete.
5. Select OK.
→ Return to the report screen.
The region and direction of the plotted marker is displayed.

6. Enter the finding for each lesion. → p.5-22

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-23


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

Entering findings: Lymph Node Schema

Plot the lesion portion to the schema .

1. Display the report.


2. Select Plot of the Lymph Node Schema Block.
→ Switches to the Plot Screen for Lymph Node Schema.
3. Plot the lesion.

a Select the ● of Maker.


→ The + mark is displayed on the schema.
b Move the + mark to the applicable location and press ENTER.
c Repeat the above step as necessary.

Modifying plot location


a) Select the mark to modify on the schema.
b) Select Move.
c) Move the + mark to the applicable location and press ENTER.
Deleting plot mark
a) Select the mark to delete on the schema.
b) Select Delete.
4. Select OK.
→ Return to the report screen.

5-24 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results

1. Select the measurement value to be modified.


→ A dialog box showing the measurement value is displayed.

display data

When Display Data of Report Data in the preset is Current, data at the top is displayed
on the report screen. If it is set to Average, an average value is displayed.
2. Modify the data.
Deleting data
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select Delete in the dialog box.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Modifying data
Some measurement results, such as PI and RI, correlate to the two blood flow velocities (EDV,
PSV) within the same heartbeat cycle. Modify the value to maintain the mutual time-phase
relationship.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Enter values from the keyboard.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Selecting the data to display
If Display Data of Report Data in the preset has been set to Current, you can change the
measurement value to be displayed on the report screen.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select OK in the dialog box.

Displaying a modified reports


A # mark will be added next to the name of the modified item.

Display example: modifying Lesion 1

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-25


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-3 Outputting reports

There are three ways to output the report.

• Outputting to a local printer: Selects the block to output.


• Outputting the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface: Outputs the information other
than the image information (US Image Block).
• Outputting as a CSV file: Outputs the values registered to the report to a connected
medium or the like.

5-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer

Print a report to the local printer (printer connected to the instrument).

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to Printer, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. Select a block to print.


Select one of the block to print. Repeat this step and highlight all the blocks to print. To
deselect a block, select the block.
4. Specify the number of copies in the Num of Copies field.
5. If necessary, configure the printer properties.
a Select Property.
b See the next section to configure the printer property.

6. Select Print.

5-26 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

Printer property

You can set the advance print properties.

Item Selections Description


Printer name Selects the printer model.

Paper sizes US Letter Prints on US letter size paper.

A4 Prints on A4 size paper.

Orientation Portrait Set the paper orientation to Portrait. (You can select only
Portrait.)
US Image Form 1×2 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 2 images per
column.
1×3 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 3 images per
column.
2×2 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 2 images per
column.
2×4 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 4 images per
column.
Signature Physician Adds the physician's signature field.

Physician & Adds the physician and sonographer's signature fields.


Sonographer
None Hides the signature fields.

Title Inform Enables you to enter the report title (up to 80 letters).

Site Inform Enables you to enter the facility information (department,


address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-27


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC

You can output the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to PC.
→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. If this is a revisit for the applicable patient, select Yes. If this is the first visit, select No.
4. Select OK.
→ Patient information and data registered in the report (excluding ultrasound images) will be
output to a PC.

5-28 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-3 Report

5-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file

You can output data registered in the report as a CSV file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Export CSV file.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

The file name is displayed as ID_Date_Application.


Select Cancel to return to the report screen.
3. Select the storage destination from the Target Medium list.
4. Change the file name if necessary.
5. Select OK.
→ The CSV file is saved in the specified medium.
The file form is populated with the patient information, numerical values and comments
accordingly.

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-29


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

5-4 Preset

The preset of superficial organ measurements (S. Parts or Small Parts) can be classified roughly
into three types.

• Create Measurement Tools


Enables you to specify the measurement method, caliper mark display and report display.
It also enables you to set up the basic and application measurements.
• Study Assignment
Enables you to configure the menu, transferred items and report view in a study.
You can set these for each study.
• SW Assignment
Enables you to assign measurement menus to buttons.

Table 5-3: Configuration of S. Parts preset


Create Measurement Basic Measurement Measured Method & B.Mode
Tools Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Display Form Mark Display
Application Measured Method & B.Mode
Measurement Display Items D.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Report Data
Display Form Mark Display
User’s Calculation Reserved Word

Study Assignment Breast Menu Assign


Thyroid Combined Report Display
Transfer List Assign
Other

5-30 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

SW Assignment +Mark Key Assignment


Hot Key Assignment
Measure SW Assignment

5-4-1 Small Parts Preset

The top page of the preset is displayed as follows:

Small Parts Preset


Small Parts Preset top page

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-31


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

5-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools

You can specify the measurement method, caliper mark and report display settings.

Basic Measurement

See the preset for basic measurement ( → p.2-65).

Application Measurement

: Specifies applied measurement settings (Small Parts measurement).

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
B.Mode (1/2): B mode measurement settings B.Mode (2/2): B mode measurement parameters

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (1/3): D mode measurement settings D.Mode (2/3): D mode measurement parameters

5-32 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items >


D.Mode (3/3): D mode measurement parameters

Caliper Auto Off: Setting for displaying Report Data: Report display settings
measurement results and caliper marks when the
freeze is canceled

Display Form: Current measurement result Display Form > Mark Display: Current caliper
display settings mark display settings

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-33


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

User's Calculation: User-defined calculation User's Calculation > Reserved Word


formula settings Settings for user-defined reserved word for
calculation

5-34 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

5-4-1-2 Study Assignment

You can configure the menu, transferred items and report view in each study.

Study Assignment: Tree View display settings for a study and study user creation

Menu Assign: Measurement menu settings Combined Report Display: Report display
Block settings

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-35


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

Transfer List Assign Other


Basic measurement result transferred item Operational guide message display setting
settings

5-36 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-4 Preset

5-4-1-3 SW Assignment

You can assign measurement menus to the buttons and keyboard on the operation panel.

+Mark Key Assignment Hot Key Assignment


Settings for measurement that starts up with the Assigning measurement items to alphanumeric
+ button. keys

Measure SW Assignment
Specifying items assignable to Custom switches
or Function keys

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-37


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-5 References

5-5 References

5-5-1 Calculation

Measurement
function name Formula
Thyroid Volume Volume = 0.479 × Length × A-P × Width

5-5-1-1 Clinical References

1) Lesion (Breast), D/W ratio, NT distance, Breast Report


The Japan Association of Breast and Thyroid Sonology, Guidelines for Ultrasonic
Diagnosis of Breast Diseases
2) Breast Report
Cynthia L. Rapp BS, RDMS, “Sonography of the Breast” Official Proceedings - Society
of Diagnostic Medical Sonography’s 17th Annual Conference. September 14-17, 2000,
Dallas Texas, p.57-67
3) Thyroid Volume
Brunn J, Block U, Ruf G, Bos I, Kunze WP, Scriba PC. “Volumetric analysis of thyroid
lobes by real-time ultrasound (author’s transl).”
WOCHENSCHRIFT 1981 Oct9, 106 (41), 1338-1340.

5-38 MN1-5856 rev.1


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-5 References

5-5-1-2 Abbreviation

Abbreviation Full Spelling


A-P Anterior posterior diameter
D/W Ratio Depth/Width Ratio
EDV End Diastole Velocity
Isthmus T Isthmus Thickness
L Length
Left Lobe Left Lobe of Thyroid Gland
NT dist Nipple Tumor distance
MnV Mean Velocity
PI Pulsatility Index
PSV Peak Systolic Velocity
RI Resistance Index
Right Lobe Right Lobe of Thyroid Gland
S Subareolar
S/D Systolic/Diastolic Velocity Ratio
V Volume
Vm Mean Velocity
W Width

MN1-5856 rev.1 5-39


5 Small Parts Measurement
5-5 References

5-40 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement

6 Gynecological Measurement

Chapter contents

6-1 Gynecological measurement overview


6-2 Measurement methods
6-3 Report
6-4 Preset
6-5 References

This chapter describes the device settings based on the assumption that they are on the factory
default settings.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-1 Gynecological measurement overview

6-1 Gynecological measurement overview

6-1-1 Gynecological measurement menu

The following measurement menu and items are available for gynecological measurement.

Table 6-1: B mode


Measurement
name Menu Measurement items
Uterus Uterus Ut-V Ut-L Ut-AP Ut-W
measurement
Endom-T Endom-T
Cervix Crv-L Crv-AP Crv-W
Ovary Rt. Ovary, Ov-V Ov-L Ov-AP Ov-W
measurement Lt. Ovary
Ovarian follicle Rt. Follicles Vol., D1 D2 D3 avg Vol
volume Lt. Follicles Vol.
measurement
Bladder Pre Bladder Vol, Bl-V Bl-L Bl-AP Bl-W
measurement Pst Bladder Vol

Measurement
name Menu Measurement method Measurement items
Ovarian follicle Rt. Follicles, Caliper (First axis)
measurement Lt. Follicles Caliper(Vol.) (First axis) Vol
2Caliper, (First axis) (Second
Cross-Caliper axis)
2Caliper(avg), (First axis) (Second avg
Cross-Caliper(avg) axis)

Table 6-2: D mode


Measurement name Menu Measurement items
Uterus arterial blood Rt. Uterine Artery PI RI S/D PSV EDV
flow measurement Lt. Uterine Artery MnV Vm
Ovarian arterial blood Rt. Ovarian Artery PI RI S/D PSV EDV
flow measurement
Lt. Ovarian Artery MnV Vm
GynDop1, PI RI S/D PSV EDV
GynDop2, MnV Vm
GynDop3

6-2 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-1 Gynecological measurement overview

6-1-2 Gynecological measurement Study

Gynecological measurement has the following studies.

• GYN: For general gynecologic measurement


• Follicles: For infertility exams
Enter LMP or BBT on the ID screen to manage ovarian follicle measurement results and
endometrial thickness measurement results as growth changes along with the passage of
time based on the menstrual cycle.
• Bladder: For bladder measurement
Measurement menu and report display vary depending on the selected study.

6-1-2-1 Switching the Study

You can switch the study using the current application.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select the top of the measurement menu (current study name).

3. Select the study to change.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-3


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-1 Gynecological measurement overview

6-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


2. Select Change Appl.
3. Select the application.
4. Select Study.

Menu display example: Changing from Basic in Abdomen


→ The screen switches to the study of the selected application.

6-4 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1 B mode

6-2-1-1 Uterus measurement

The uterus is approximated to an ellipsoid, then the length of the longitudinal view (length), the
anterior-posterior (A-P), and the width of the transverse view (Width) are measured, and the
volume is calculated.

Longitudinal view Transverse View

Endometrium
AP

Length Width

Antertior Posterior
Diamater(AP)
Set Length, A-P and Width in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Activate the GYN Study.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse images of the uterus in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Uterus from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, A-P and Width.

Measurement results

Uterus

Ut-V: cm3 : Uterus Volume

Ut-L: cm : Uterus Length

Ut-AP: cm : Uterus Anterior-posterior

Ut-W: cm : Uterus Width

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-5


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-2 Endom-T measurement

Measure the thickness of the endometrium.

Longitudinal view Transverse View

Endometrium
Endometrial
Thickness

Endometrial Thickness

1. When assessing the change in the endometrial thickness according to the menstrual
cycle, enter the LMP (last menstrual period) or BBT (basal body temperature).
2. Activate the GYN Study or Follicles.
3. Display the image of the endometrium.
4. Select Measurement key.
5. Select Endom-T from the measurement menu.
6. Measure the endometrium using the Caliper method.

Measurement results

Endom-T
. cm : Endometrial Thickness

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

6-6 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-3 Cervix measurement

Measure the major and minor axes of the longitudinal view of the uterine cervix (Length, A-P)
and the major axis of the transverse view (Width).

Bladder

Uterus

Cervix

Longitudinal Transverse View


view

AP

Length
Width
Antertior Posterior
Diamater (AP)

1. Activate the GYN Study.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse view images of the uterine cervix in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Cervix from the measurement menu.
5. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, A-P and Width.

Measurement results

Cervix
Crv-L: cm : Cervix Length

Crv-AP: cm : Cervix Anterior-posterior

Crv-W: cm : Cervix Width

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-7


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-4 Ovary measurement

The left and right ovaries are approximated to ellipsoids, then the length of the longitudinal view
(Length), the anterior-posterior (A-P), and the width of the transverse view (Width) are
measured, and from the results the volume of the ovaries is calculated.

Longitudinal view Transverse View

Length
AP

AP Width

Set Length, A-P and Width in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Activate the GYN Study.


2. Display the longitudinal and transverse images of the ovary in the 2B mode.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Rt. Ovary or Lt. Ovary from the measurement menu.
• In the case of the right ovary, select Rt. Ovary.
• In the case of the left ovary, select Lt. Ovary.

5. Using the Caliper method, measure Length, A-P and Width.

Measurement results

Rt.Ovary

Ov-V: cm3 ← Ovary Volume

Ov-L: cm ← Ovary Length


Ov-AP: cm ← Ovary Anterior-posterior
Ov-W: cm ← Ovary Width

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

6-8 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-5 Follicles measurement

This function measures the size of the left and right follicles. You can measure up to 10 follicles
in each of the left and right ovaries.

Follicles

Ovary

Specify the measurement method from Follicles Measured Methods (in Application
Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items > B.Mode).

Follicles Measured Measurement


Methods method Measured position
Caliper Caliper method Measures the first axis of the ovarian follicle.

Caliper(Vol.) Caliper method Calculates the ovarian follicle volume by measuring


the first axis of the ovarian follicle.
2Caliper Caliper method Measures the second axis of the ovarian follicle.

Cross-Caliper Ellipse method* Measures the two perpendicular axes of the ovarian
follicle.
2Caliper(avg) Caliper method Calculates the average value by measuring the second
axis of the ovarian follicle.
Cross-Caliper(avg) Ellipse method* Calculates the average value by measuring the two
perpendicular axes of the ovarian follicle.
* Cross-Caliper is the same measurement method as the Ellipse method. However, the ellipse is
not displayed.

1. When assessing the number of ovarian follicles and changes in the follicle diameter
according to the menstrual cycle, enter LMP or BBT on the ID screen.
2. Activate the Follicles Study.
3. Record an image showing the follicles of the right ovary.
4. Select Measurement key.
5. In the case of the right ovary, select Rt. Fol from the measurement menu. In the case of
the left ovary, select Lt. Fol.
6. Measure the ovarian follicle size.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-9


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results
Measurement results are displayed as follows. Measurement can be performed at up to 10 points
for both left and right.
The number of follicles is displayed in front of the measurement value.
Example of 2 Caliper (avg) or Cross-Caliper (avg) display
Rt.Follicles
1: 2.4cm : Measurement value of the first axis

: 2.2cm : Measurement value of the second axis

avg: 2.3cm : Average value of the two axes

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12
Ellipse Method → p.1-13

6-10 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-6 Follicles Volume measurement

Measure the three axes (D1, D2, D3) of the ovarian follicle and calculate the ovarian follicle
volume.

You can measure up to 10 follicles in each of the left and right ovaries.

1. When assessing the number of ovarian follicles and changes in the follicle diameter
according to the menstrual cycle, enter LMP or BBT on the ID screen.
2. Activate the Follicles Study.
3. Record an image showing the follicles of the ovary.
4. Select Measurement key.
5. In the case of the right ovary, select Rt. Fol.Vol from the measurement menu. In the case
of the left ovary, select Lt. Fol.Vol.
6. Measure D1 and D2 using the Ellipse method.
→ The average value is displayed with the values for the two axes.
7. Measure the transverse image of D3 using the Caliper method.
→ The volume (Vol.) is calculated.
8. Measure only the necessary number of follicles.

Measurement results
Up to five follicles can be displayed at a time.

Rt.Follicles
1: 2.1cm ← D1 Follicles measurement
: 2.0cm ← D2 Follicles measurement
2: 1.3cm ← D3 Follicles measurement
avg: 1.8cm ← Average

Vol.: 2.78cm 3 ← Volume

You may also stop measurement after only one or two axes.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-11


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-1-7 Bladder Volume measurement

This function enables you to calculate the volume of the bladder before and after it is full, and
to calculate the amount of urine discharged from the difference in these values.
The bladder is approximated to an ellipsoid, then the length of the major axis of the longitudinal
image (Length) and the major and minor axes of the traverse image (Width, A-P) are measured
to calculate the bladder volume.

A-P

Length Width
Longitudinal Image Transverse View

Set the Width, A-P and Length in such a way that they intersect each other.

1. Switch the measurement Study to Bladder Study.


2. Record the longitudinal and transverse images of the bladder before urination in the 2B
mode.
3. Measure the bladder before urination.
a Select Measurement key, and select Pre Bldr Vol from the measurement menu.
b Display the longitudinal image and measure Length.
c Display the transverse image and measure Width and A-P.
→ Volume (Pre Bldr Vol.) is displayed.
d To confirm the measurement result, select the F16 key (SEND button).

4. Measure the bladder after urination.


a Select Measurement key, and select Pst Bldr Vol from the measurement menu.
b In the same way as for measurement before urination, measure Length, Width, and A-P.

→ Volume (Pst Bldr Vol.) and the urinary excretion volume (Void Volume) are displayed.

Measurement results

PreBldr Vol. :Bladder measurement PstBldr Vol. :Bladder measurement after


before urination urination

Bl-V: cm3 :Bladder Volume Bl-V: cm3 :Bladder Volume


Bl-L: cm :Bladder Length Bl-L: cm :Bladder Length

Bl-AP: cm :Bladder Anterior-posterior Bl-AP: cm :Bladder Anterior-posterior

Bl-W: cm :Bladder Width Bl-W: cm :Bladder Width

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

6-12 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-2 D mode

Keep the following notes in mind while taking measurements in D mode:

• When you record an arterial flow Doppler waveform (pulse method), set the Doppler
incident angle as small as possible. If the Doppler incident angle exceeds 60 degrees, the
blood velocity measurement error increases.
• When measuring the blood velocity using multiple blood flow waveform images, use
identical recording conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood
flow waveforms. The device will record blood velocity values as real numbers, but will
not display positive and negative symbols (+/-).
In particular, when the report measurement value display is set for average values
(Display Data is set to Average in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measured Methods & Display Items > Report Data)), completely
different measurement values may be displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-13


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-2-1 Uterine Artery, Ovarian Artery

You can trace the right and left Uterine Artery and Ovarian Artery waveforms and calculate PI,
RI, and S/D.

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). Navigate the
preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items > D.Mode and
specify the measurement methods in respective measurement items.

1. Switch the measurement Study to GYN.


2. Record the arterial blood flow Doppler waveform.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select the blood flow to measure from the measurement menu.
• To measure the right uterine artery, select Rt. UtA.
• To measure the left uterine artery blood flow, select Lt. UtA.
• To measure the right Ovary Artery, select Rt. OvA.
• To measure the left Ovary Artery, select Lt. OvA.

→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
5. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.

6. If necessary, modify the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

6-14 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results

Rt.UtA : Selected vessel name

PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak Systolic Velocity

EDV: cm/s : End Diastolic Velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-15


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

6-2-2-2 GynDop measurement

You can calculate the PSV (peak systolic velocity) of the arterial blood flow, EDV
(end-diastolic velocity or minimum diastolic velocity) and S/D.
In the gynecological arterial blood flow measurement, you can set three types of user-defined
measurements.

Gynecological blood GynDop1


flow measurement
GynDop2
GynDop3
Measurement names can be changed in Name Assignment of the preset (Create
Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items
> D.Mode).

In this measurement, set the following two points:

• Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)


• End-Diastolic EDV (velocity (EDV) or minimum diastolic velocity
NOTE: The end-diastolic velocity (EDV) and minimum diastolic velocity do not necessarily
match. Set the EDV time phase to match the blood velocity used for the measurement.

Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace) are available for the Doppler Trace method.
Navigate the preset to Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Display Items >
D.Mode and specify the measurement methods in respective measurement items.

1. Record the pulsating blood flow Doppler waveform.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select the blood flow to measure from the measurement menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.

6-16 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-2 Measurement methods

4. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.

→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed. The measurement
results are displayed at the same time.
5. If necessary, modify the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

Measurement results

GynDop1
PI: : Pulsatility Index

RI: : Resistance Index

S/D: : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: cm/s : Peak Systolic Velocity

EDV: cm/s : End Diastolic Velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heartbeats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-17


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3 Report

Measurement results and obtained index values are sorted and displayed in the report.

The following operations are available using the report:

1) Displaying measurement results and images

• Measurement results
• Graph display
• Recorded ultrasound images
• Past results
2) Editing results, comments and findings
3) Outputting reports (printing and saving)

6-18 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-1 Displaying reports

NOTE: Patient information is required to display a report. Enter patient information on the ID
screen.

6-3-1-1 Displaying reports

● Select REPORT from the measurement menu. Alternatively, select REPORT


(Hot Key 4 or custom switch).
→ The report is displayed.

The following buttons are located at the top of the report.

Return Closes the report.

Header Toggles the Header block (patient information) display between Long Form
and Short Form.
Prev. Displays the previous page.

Next Displays the next page.

(Study list) Switches the study in the report.

US Image Displays an ultrasound image in the report.

Output Outputs report data to a PC, Media or printer.

Switching the report display to the image display

● Select Return at the top of report screen. Alternatively, select REPORT (custom
switch).

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-19


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report

Reports are displayed by study.


Gynecological measurement studies include GYN, Bladder and Follicles. Any study allows
you to classify information into Blocks for display. Header Block and Site Information Block
are always displayed in a report. Other Blocks are set in the preset (Study Assignment >
(Study name) > Combined Report Data), and blocks including the measurement results
registered to the report are displayed.

Header Block
Patient information entered on the ID
screen
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.
Site Information Block
Facility information, information on
physicians in charge and so on
Uterus Block
Displays uterus measurement results
and cervix measurement results.

Ovary Block
Displays ovary measurement results.

Doppler Block
Displays uterus arterial blood flow
measurement results and ovarian
arterial blood flow measurement
results.
Anatomy Check List Block
Displays Testis Volume measurement
results.

Bladder Block
Displays Bladder Volume
measurement results.

6-20 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

Follicles Block
Displays today's ovarian follicle
measurement and endometrial
thickness measurement results in
descending order.
If the measurement was performed
using 2Caliper or Cross-Caliper
methods, the measurement results for
two axes are displayed.
Follicles Volume Block
Displays today's ovarian follicle
volume measurement results in
descending order.

Cycle Day Follicles Block


Displays the history of ovarian follicle
measurement results.
If the measurement was performed
using 2Caliper or Cross-Caliper
methods, the measurement results for
two axes are displayed.
Cycle Day Follicles Volume Block
Displays the history of ovarian follicle
volume measurement results.

Cycle Day Endom-T Block


Displays the history of endometrial
thickness measurement results.
Drug & SerumBlock
Displays the drug administration
history and serum hormone values.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-21


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-1-3 Attaching an ultrasound image

You can attach ultrasound images to the report. The attached ultrasound images will be
displayed in the US Image block. You can add the stored images of the patient whose report is
being displayed from the hard disk of the instrument or from a connected storage medium, such
as USB memory.

Set the US Image block display using the following options under Report Data of the preset
menu.

• Set the display format in Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen.
• Set the number of images to display immediately after selecting US Image block in
Automatically be Displayed US Images Number.

1. Select US Image at the top of the report screen.


→ The US Image block is displayed. The latest images (the number of which is preset) are
loaded from a connected storage medium (such as HDD or USB memory) and displayed
from top left to right.
Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen is 2×2 and Automatically be
Displayed US Images Number is 4, images will be displayed as shown below.

When three images are stored


2. If necessary, change the displayed images.
a Select Review at the bottom of the screen.
→ Images stored in the HDD of the instrument and/or in the connected medium will be
displayed as thumbnails. Only today's images of the current patient are displayed.
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

6-22 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

b Select the images to display.


→ Selected images will be displayed with a blue frame.
c Once you have selected all the images to display, select Paste Desired US.
→ Only the selected images are displayed in the US Image Block.
Displaying past examination images
Select Change View below the thumbnails. Current&Post Exam. View is displayed in the upper
right of the screen, and the current patient's past examination images are displayed. You can also
select images from past examinations to display in the US Image block.
If you select Change View again, the device displays only today's images (Current Exam.View).
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

6-3-1-4 Displaying past reports

You can display past reports.

NOTE: You cannot modify the data in the past reports.

1. Click ▼ next to the date on the upper right corner of the report screen.
→ If past reports are available, a list of the report dates is displayed.

2. Select the date of the reports to display.


→ The report of the selected date is displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-23


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-2 Editing reports

You can edit the following contents in the report.

• Comments
• Opinions
• Measurement results

6-3-2-1 Entering comments

Enter comments including ultrasound comments in the Comment s s field in Header block.

1. Select <Comments>.
→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter a comment from the keyboard.


3. Select OK after you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

Entering ultrasound findings for the position of the uterus: Uterus Block

In the Uterus Block, there is a comment field related to the uterus position based on ultrasound
findings.

6-24 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

1. Display the report and switch to GYN Study.


2. Select the Position field in the Uterus Block.
3. Enter a comment from the keyboard.

Entering ultrasound findings for the oviducts

In the Ovary Block, there is a comment field related to the oviducts based on ultrasound
findings.

1. Display the report and switch to GYN Study.


2. Select the Tube field in the Ovary Block.
3. Enter a comment from the keyboard.

Entering drug dosage and serum hormone value

In the Drug & Serum Block, there is a field for entering data such as drug dosage and serum
hormone value.

1. Display the report and switch to Follicles Study.


2. Enter the drug dosage in <Drug Administration> of the Drug & Serum Block.
a Select a gynecological drug from the list in <Drug Administration>. Or enter it.
b Use the keyboard to enter the drug dosage in the right field.

3. Enter the serum hormone value in <Serum Levels> in the Drug & Serum Block.
a Select a serum hormone from the list in <Serum Levels>. Or enter it.
b Use the keyboard to enter the serum hormone value in the right field.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-25


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-2-2 Entering the Anatomy Check List

Anatomy Check List is a function to enter anatomical findings concerning the uterus, ovaries,
and so on, and also findings concerning ultrasound, as a checklist.
Anatomy Check List Block is not incorporated in any Study report under the default setting.
To display the report, change the setting in the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) >
Combined Report Display).

1. Display Report and switch to the Study with the Anatomy Check List.
2. Select from the list for entry.

6-26 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

Specifying the display items in the Anatomy Check List

It is set with a preset.

1. Navigate the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name)) and select Anatomy Check
List.
→ The Anatomy Check List is displayed.

2. Select the item to change.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the item to display.


To delete an item, select the blank field at the top of the dialog box.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-27


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

Specifying Anatomy Check List item options

Specify options and User-defined items in the Anatomy Check List.

1. Navigate the preset (Study Assignment > Report Data) and select Anatomy Check
List.
→ The Anatomy Check List is displayed.

2. Select Built-in to change the default items. Select User to set Heading and Selectable.
→ If you choose Built-in, the following screen is shown.

3. Select changes.
4. Enter the options from the keyboard.
5. Select Exit once setting is complete.

6-28 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-2-3 Editing the measurement results

1. Select the measurement value to be modified.


→ A dialog box showing the measurement value is displayed.

display data

When Display Data of Report Data in the preset is Current, data at the top is displayed
on the report screen. If it is set to Average, an average value is displayed.
2. Modify the data.
Deleting data
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select Delete in the dialog box.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Modifying data
When measurement results, such as PI and RI, have a correlation to the two blood flow velocities
(EDV, PSV) within the same heartbeat cycle, correct them to maintain the mutual time-phase
relationship.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Enter values from the keyboard.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
A prefix # will be added next to the name of the modified item.

Selecting the data to display


If Display Data of Report Data in the preset has been set to Current, you can change the
measurement value to be displayed on the report screen.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select OK in the dialog box.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-29


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-3 Outputting reports

There are three ways to output the report.

• Outputting to a local printer: Selects the block to output.


• Outputting the report data to a PC via RS-232 interface: Outputs the information other
than the image information (US Image Block).
• Outputting as a CSV file: Outputs the values registered to the report to a connected
medium or the like.

6-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer

Print a report to the local printer (printer connected to the instrument).

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to Printer, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. Select a block to print.


Select one of the blocks to print. Repeat this step and highlight all the blocks to print. To
deselect a block, re-select the Block.
4. Specify the number of copies in the Num of Copies field.
5. If necessary, configure the printer properties.
a Select Property.
b See the next section to configure the printer property.

6. Select Print.

6-30 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

Printer property

You can set the advance print properties.

Item Selections Description


Printer name Selects the printer model.

Paper sizes US Letter Prints on US letter size paper.

A4 Prints on A4 size paper.

Orientation Portrait Set the paper orientation to Portrait. (You can select only
Portrait.)
US Image Form 1×2 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 2 images per
column.
1×3 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 3 images per
column.
2×2 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 2 images per
column.
2×4 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 4 images per
column.
Signature Physician Adds the physician's signature field.

Physician & Adds the physician and sonographer's signature fields.


Sonographer
None Hides the signature fields.

Title Inform Enables you to enter the Report Title (up to 80 letters).

Site Inform Enables you to enter the facility information (department,


address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-31


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC

You can output the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to PC, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. If this is a revisit for the applicable patient, select Yes. If this is the first visit, select No.
4. Select OK.
→ Patient information and data registered in the report (excluding ultrasound images) will be
output to a PC.

6-32 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file

You can output data registered in the report as a CSV file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Export CSV file, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

The file name is displayed as ID_Date_Application.


Select Cancel to return to the report screen.
3. Select the storage destination from the Target Medium list.
4. Change the file name if necessary.
5. Select OK.
→ The CSV file is saved in the specified medium.
The file form is populated with the patient information, numerical values and comments
accordingly.

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-33


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-3 Report

6-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file

You can create a DICOM SR file from the data displayed in the reports.

NOTE:You will need DICOM Structured Report Software (SOP-F31-21) (optional) to create a
DICOM SR file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Create SR, and select OK.


→ A DICOM SR file is created based on the data from the examination date displayed on the
report. If the file already exists, it will be overwritten.
At this point, the DICOM SR file is not yet transmitted.

Transmitting a DICOM SR file

NOTE:You will need DICOM Communication Software (SOP-F31-10) (optional) to connect to the
DICOM SR server.

The DICOM SR file you have just created will be transmitted to the DICOM SR server when
you press New Patient or select End Study button to finish the examination.
If SR Auto Creation in the preset (Common Preset > DICOM SR) is set to On and you have
not created a DSCOM SR file of the day yet, an SR file of the present examination is created
and sent to DICOM SR server together with the DICOM SR file already created.

6-34 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

6-4 Preset

The gynecological measurement preset (GYN preset) can be classified roughly into three types.

• Create Measurement Tools


Enables you to specify the measurement method, caliper mark display and report display.
It also enables you to set up the basic and application measurements.
• Study Assignment
Configures menu, transferred items and report display in a study. It is set for each study.
• SW Assignment
Enables you to assign measurement menus to buttons.

Table 6-3: GYN preset configuration


Create Measurement Basic Measurement Measured Method & B.Mode
Tools Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Display Form Mark Display
Application Measured Method & B.Mode
Measurement Display Items D.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Report Data Anatomy Check
List
Display Form Mark Display
User’s Calculation Reserved Word

Study Assginment GYN Menu Assgin


Follicles Anatomy Check List
Bladder
Combined Report Display
Transfer List Assign
Other

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-35


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

SW Assginment +Mark Key Assginment


Hot Key Assginment
Measure SW Assginment

6-4-1 GYN Preset

The following screen is an example of typical preset pages.

GYN Preset
GYN Preset top page

6-36 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

6-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools

Basic Measurement

See the preset for basic measurement ( → p.2-65).

Application Measurement

Specifies applied measurement settings (Abdom measurement).

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
B.Mode (1/2): B mode measurement settings B.Mode (2/3): B mode measurement settings

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (1/2): D mode measurement settings D.Mode (2/2): D mode measurement settings

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-37


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

Caliper Auto Off: Settings for caliper mark and


measurement results display when freezing is
canceled

Report Data Report Data > Anatomy Check List


Report Data display format Report Data display format

Report Data > Anatomy Check List > Built-in Report Data > Anatomy Check List > User
Built-in options User-defined

6-38 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

Display Form: Settings for display orientation Display Form > Mark Display
of the measurement results, multiple results Caliper mark display parameters
display and simultaneous display with basic
measurement

User’s Calculation User’s Calculation > Reserved Word


User-defined calculation formula Reserved word registration for user-defined
calculation formula

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-39


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

6-4-1-2 Study Assignment

You can configure the menu, transferred items and report view in each study.

Study Assignment: Tree View display settings for a study and study user creation

Menu Assign Anatomy Check List Assign


Measurement menu item settings Anatomy Check List display item settings

6-40 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

Combined Report Display Transfer List Assign


Blocks to be displayed in a report Basic measurement result transferred item
settings

Other
Operational guide message display setting

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-41


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-4 Preset

6-4-1-3 SW Assignment

You can assign measurement menus to the buttons and keyboard on the operation panel.

+Mark Key Assignment Hot Key Assignment


Settings for measurement that starts up with the Assignment of measurement items to respective
+ button keys of the keyboard

Measure SW Assignment
Specifying assignable items to Custom switch
and Function keys

6-42 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-5 References

6-5 References

6-5-1 Calculation

Table 6-4: B mode calculation formula


Measurement
function name Formula
Uterus Volume(cm3) = 0.523 × Length × A-P × Width

Ovary Volume(cm3) = 0.523 × Length × A-P × Width

Bladder Vol Volume(cm3) = π/6 × Length (cm) × Width (cm) × A-P (cm)

Follicles Volume(cm3) = 4/3π × r3


(r = radius   r1 = d1 ÷ 2)
Follicles Vol. Volume(cm3) = 4/3π × r1 × r2 × r3

= π/6 × d1 × d2 × d3

(r = radius   r = d ÷ 2)
Average(cm) = (d1 + d2 + d3)/3

6-5-2 Anatomy Check List

Default items

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-43


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-5 References

6-5-3 Clinical References

6-5-3-1 B mode

1) Uterus Volume
Barry B.Goldberg, M.D., Alfred B.Kurtz,M.D., Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements.
Mosby Year Book Medical Publishers, INC., p194, ISBN 0-8151-3541-6
2) Ovarian Volume
Pe Harris L.Chohen, MD et al., “Ovarian Volumes Measured by US : Bigger than We
Think,” Radiology 1990, 177, 189-192
3) Endometrial Thickness
Seth Granberg, MD et al., “Endometrial thickness as measured by endovaginal
ultrasonography for identifying endometrial abnormality,”Am J Obstet Gynecol 1991,
164, 47-52
4) Endometrial Thickness
Theera Tongsong,MD et al., “Use of Vaginosonographic Measurements of Endometrial
Thickness in the Identification of Abnormal Endometrium in Pre-and Postmenopausal
Bleeding,” J Clin Ultrasound 22, 479-482, October 1994
5) Endometrial Thickness
Igal Wolman, MD et al., “The Sensitivity and Specificity of Vaginal Sonography in
Detecting Endometrial Abnormalities in Women with Postmenopausal Bleeding,” J Clin
Ultrasound 24, 79-82, February 1996
6) Follicles measurement
Queenan et.al., “Ultrasound scanning of ovaries to detect ovulation in women” Fertility
and Sterility 34 (2), August 1980
7) Follicles measurement
C.O’Herlihy, L.J.Ch.De Crespigny and H.P.Robinson, “Monitoring ovarian follicular
development with real-time ultrasound,” Britishi Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology
87, 613-618, July 1980

6-44 MN1-5856 rev.1


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-5 References

6-5-3-2 D mode

1) Uterine Artery
Kurjak, MD et al., “Transvaginal color flow Doppler in the assessment of ovarian and
uterine blood flow in infertile women,” Fertility and Sterility 56 (5), 870-873, November
1991
2) Uterine Artery
ZEE WEINER, DAN BECK et al., “Uterine artery flow velocity waveforms and color
flow imaging in women with perimenopausal and postmenopausal bleeding : Correlation
to endometrial histopathology,” Acta Obstet Gynecol
3) Ovarian Artery
Kurjak, MD et al., “Transvaginal color flow Doppler in the assessment of ovarian and
uterine blood flow in infertile women,” Fertility and Sterility 56 (5), 870-873, November
1991

MN1-5856 rev.1 6-45


6 Gynecological Measurement
6-5 References

6-5-4 Abbreviation

Abbreviation Meaning
AB Abortus
AP Antero posterior diameter
Bl Bladder
BBT Based on Basal Body Temperature
Crv Cervix
Cycle day Cycle day
ECTOP Ectopic
EDV End Diastolic Velocity
Endom-T Endometrial Thickness
Fol. Follicles
Grav Gravida
L Length
Lt Left
LMP Last Menstrual Period
MnV Mean Velocity
Ov Ovary
OvA Ovarian Artery
Para Para
PI Pulsatility Index
Pre.Bldr Vol. Pre Bladder Volume
Pst.Bldr Vol. Post Bladder Volume
PSV Peak Systolic Velocity
RI Resistance Index
Rt Right
Rt./Lt. Right/Left
S/D Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio
Ut Uterus
UtA Uterine Artery
V Volume
Vm Mean Velocity
W Width

6-46 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement

7 Obstetrical Measurement

Chapter contents

7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview


7-2 Measurement methods
7-3 Report
7-4 Preset
7-5 References

This chapter describes the device settings based on the assumption that they are on the factory
default settings.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1-1 Obstetrical measurement menu

The following measurement menu and parameters are available for obstetrical measurement.

Table 7-1: B mode


## refers to the measurement area and *** refers to the author's name.
Study Menu Measurement items
GA measurement ## *** Author GA Normal Range
(gestational week) Growth Rate
EDC
FW measurement FW *** Author GA Data each GA Normal Range
(Fetus Weight) EDC
Fetus Ratio ##/## *** Author Ratio Normal Range
measurement
Amniotic Fluid AFI *** Author Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Index *** refers to the
Normal Range
author's name.
AF Pocket AF Pocket
AFV AFV
Cardio thoracic CTAR CTAR A B
Area Ratio
CTR CTR A B
Cervix Cervix Cervix

Table 7-2: B mode or M mode


Fetus cardiac LV Function LVIDd LVIDs EDV ESV EF
function
FS SV RVDd

Table 7-3: M mode or D mode


Fetus Heart Rate FHR FHR
Pre HR PreHR
Pst HR PstHR

7-2 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

Table 7-4: D mode


Measurement name Menu Measurement items
Fetal circulatory Umbilical Artery , PI RI S/D PSV EDV
dynamics diagnosis Vm HR
MCA, MnV
Rt.Uterine Artery,
Lt.Uterine Artery
Descending Aorta,
Renal Artery,
OBDop1, OBDop2,
OBDop3
Evaluation of fetal PLI A SF PLI
right ventricular
failure
Stroke volume LVOT Flow PV MnV VTI LVOT CSA
measurement
RVOT Flow SV

Reference:
For calculation formula of each measurement and growth table,
References → p.7-75

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-3


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1-1-1 GA measurement menu

There are the following measurement areas for GA measurement.

GA
measurement Full spelling
EES Early Embryonic Size

GS Gestational Sac

mGS Mean Gestational Sac Urinary


bladder

Uterus

CRL Crown Rump Length

BPD Biparietal Diameter

OFD Outer Orbital Diameter


BPD

OFD

BPDo Biparietal Diameter (outer-outer)

OFDo Occipital Frontal Diameter (outer-outer)


BPDo

OFDo

HC Head Circumference

TC Thoracic Circumference

TL Thoracic Length

7-4 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

GA
measurement Full spelling
APTD (APD) Antero Posterior Trunk Diameter
Transverse Trunk Diameter (Transverse Descending aorta
TTD (TAD) umbilical vein
Abdominal Diameter) TTD
(TAD) stomach
AXT APTD × TTD
Back Bone

APTD (APD)

AC Abdominal Circumference

FTA Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area

Descending aorta
umbilical vein

Back bone

AD Abdominal Diameter

HL Humerus Length

FL Femur Length

LV Length of Vertebrae

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-5


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

GA
measurement Full spelling
TIB Tibia length
TIB
FIB Fibula
FIB

ULNA Ulna length

RAD Radius length


RAD Ulna

BD Binocular Distance

CD Cerebral Diameter

LVW Lateral Ventricular Width

HW Hemispheric Width
LVW

HW

IOD Inner Orbital Diameter

OOD Outer Orbital Diameter

NT Nuchal Translucency

NBL Nasal Bone Length

User1 ~ User10

7-6 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1-1-2 FW measurement menu

FW measurement
menu Measurement items
FW Tokyo U BPD APTD TTD FL
FW Osaka U BPD FTA FL
FW Hadlock1 AC FL
FW Hadlock2 HC AC FL
FW Hadlock3 BPD AC FL
FW Hadlock4 HC AC
FW Hadlock5 BPD HC AC FL
FW Shinozuka BPD AC FL
FW Hansmann BPD TTD
FW Warsof BPD AC
FW Shepard BPD AC
FW Campbell AC
FW JSUM’03 BPD AC FL

7-1-1-3 Fetus Ratio measurement menu

Fetus Ratio Measurement


measurement items Author Remarks
BPDo/OFDo BPDo OFDo Hadlock Cephalic Index

FL/BPD FL BPD Hohler

FL/AC FL AC Hadlock

HC/AC HC AC Campbell

LVW/HW LVW HW P&J

FL/HC FL HC Hadlock

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-7


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1-2 Obstetrical measurement Study

Obstetrical measurement has the following studies.


Measurement menu and report display vary depending on the selected study.

• Basic: For general obstetric examination


• Early: For early pregnancy
• Extended: For high-risk pregnancy
• BPP/Amnio: For BPP/amniotic fluid puncture scoring
• Anatomy: For an anatomical checklist of the fetus
There are following studies for twin fetuses.

• Twin Basic: For general obstetric examination


• Twin Early: For early pregnancy
• Twin Extended: For high-risk pregnancy
• Twin BPP/Amnio: For BPP/amniotic fluid puncture scoring
• Twin Anatomy: For an anatomical checklist of the fetus
There are following studies for triplet fetuses.

• Tri.Basic: For general obstetric examination


• Tri.Early: For early pregnancy
• Tri.Extended: For high-risk pregnancy
• Tri.BPP/Amnio: For BPP/amniotic fluid puncture scoring
• Tri.Anatomy: For an anatomical checklist of the fetus

7-8 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-1 Obstetrical measurement overview

7-1-2-1 Switching the Study

You can switch the study using the current application.

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


→ The measurement menu and hot key settings corresponding to the screen mode are
displayed.
2. Select the top of the measurement menu (current study name).

3. Select the study to be changed.

7-1-2-2 Switch the study using a different application

1. Select MEASUREMENT key.


→ The measurement menu and hot key settings corresponding to the screen mode are
displayed.
2. Select Change Appl.
3. Select the application.
4. Select Study.

Menu display example: Changing from Basic in Abdomen


→ The screen switches to the study of the selected application.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-9


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2 Measurement methods

This chapter explains the measurement method.


Enter one of the following information on the ID screen prior to the obstetrical measurement:

• LMP: Last menstrual period


• BBT: Based on Basal Body Temperature
• EDC: Estimated Date of Confinement
• EGA: Estimated Gestational Age
• GA: Gestational Age
When information is entered, changes in fetal growth and development including previous
examination results are displayed in a growth curve.

7-2-1 Examination on multiplets

When performing an examination on multiplets, you can select the multiplets study.
When a study is changed to twins or triplets with a Study Change, the obstetrical measurements
can be executed for each fetus. Reports can also be displayed for each fetus. The measurement
results are displayed with the codes a, b, and c attached to the name for each item in order to
distinguish the results for each fetus.
All the measurements except those for the pregnant woman (cervix, UtA) can be used for
multi-pregnancy studies.

7-10 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-1-1 Switching the fetal code: Measurement menu

You can differentiate fetuses during measurement. Measurement is performed for each fetus.

1. Switch the study for multiplets.


2. Select Measurement key.
→ The measurement menu is displayed.

3. Select Fetus a.
→ It changes to Fetus b.

When Fetus bis selected, it changes to Fetus a.

7-2-1-2 Switching the fetal code: Hot keys

Hot keys are set in the preset (SW Assignment > Hot Key Assignment).
The following hot keys are default.

● To switch to Fetus a, press the hot key Q.


● To switch to Fetus b, press the hot key W.
● To switch to Fetus c, press the hot key E.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-11


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-1-3 Multiplets measurement result display

A fetal code is placed in front of the measurement name.


Example of GA measurement (BPD) display
Normal display Display example Display example Display example
example of Fetus a of Fetus b of Fetus c
BPD:Tokyo U aBPD:Tokyo U bBPD:Tokyo U cBPD:Tokyo U Fetal code/
measurement name
. cm . cm . cm . cm Measurement results
w d± d w d± d w d± d w d± d Estimated gestational
age
‘ / / ‘ / / ‘ / / ‘ / / Estimated date of
confinement

Display example of FW measurement


Normal display Display example Display example Display example
example of Fetus a of Fetus b of Fetus c
FW:Tokyo U aFW:Tokyo U bFW:Tokyo U cFW:Tokyo U Fetal code/
measurement name
g g g g
‘ / / ‘ / / ‘ / / ‘ / / Estimated date of
confinement
BPD . cm BPD . cm BPD . cm BPD . cm Measurement results
w d w d w d w d Estimated gestational
age
APTD . cm APTD . cm APTD . cm APTD . cm Measurement results
TTD . cm TTD . cm TTD . cm TTD . cm Measurement results
FL . cm FL . cm FL . cm FL . cm Measurement results
w d w d w d w d Estimated gestational
age

7-12 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2 B mode

7-2-2-1 GA (Gestational week) measurement

GA measurement is a generic term used for measurement for calculating the gestational week
and estimated date of confinement.
GA measurement uses the estimated gestational week table to calculate the gestational week and
estimated date of confinement from the measurement values of the fetus.

• Part of the fetus to be measured: GA measurement menu → p.7-4


• Estimated gestational week table: GA Tables → p.7-81

1. Depict and record the target measurement region.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select the measurement menu.
4. Measure the target region using the Caliper method.
When measuring the circumference and area HC, TC, AC, FTA, AD, AXT, HC2)
The following methods are the factory default settings.

HC, TC, AC, HC2: The measurement is performed using the Ellipse method.

FTA: The measurement is performed using the Trace method.

AD, AXT: The measurement is performed using the Cross-Caliper method.

Measurement results
Measurement results show the gestational week and confinement date. The displayed results
vary depending on the estimated gestational week table.
(For BPD)
US-GA: w d : The average gestational week calculated from the GA measurement
results
‘ / / : The average estimated date of confinement calculated from the GA
measurement results
BPD: Tokyo U : Part of the fetus to be measured: Author's name of the estimated
gestational week table
. cm : Measurement values

w d ± d : Estimated gestational week ± measurement error

‘ / / : Expected confinement date

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-13


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Transferring basic measurement values

Transfer the measurement results of Distance (Dist.), Area-Trace and Area-Ellipse to the GA
measurement.

NOTE: Transfer is not assigned under the default setting. Assign it to a hot key or custom switch
in the preset.

1. Measure the target region using the basic measurement.


2. Select Transfer.
a Select the Transfer hot key or custom switch.
b Select the basic measurement results to be transferred.
→ A list of transfer destinations is displayed.
c Select the application measurement item of the transfer destination.
→ The selected basic measurement results are transferred.
d If necessary, repeat steps 2 to 4 to transfer different basic measurement results.

When selecting the hot key of the GA measurement menu of the transfer destination
Measurement results are transferred to the selected GA measurement menu.
NOTE: The calculation formula may be different when transferring the basic measurement results
using the Ellipse method or the Trace method to the circumference and area measurements such
as AC and FTA. Before transferring the basic measurement results, check the calculation formula
of the basic measurement and GA measurement.

References:
Hot key settings: Hot Key Assignment → p.2-93
Custom switch settings: Measure SW Assignment → p.2-94

7-14 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Displaying the graph

You can display a graph after measurement.


If past examination results of the same patient are available, changes in fetal growth and
development can be displayed in a graph.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1) A graph menu
2) A plot location of today's measurement results
(The gray broken line indicates a gestational week calculated from the data entered on the
ID screen.)
3) A plot location of past measurement results
Measurement results registered since the most recent LMP are displayed.
4) Today's measurement results

This fetus growth graph (Growth Analysis) displays deviation data related to the number of
weeks indicated in the estimated gestational week table. Use the graph as a guideline for growth.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-15


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

1. Display a graph.
• Select Measurement key, and select Graph from the measurement menu.
• Select the hot key assigned to Graph (Z key at the default setting).

→ The graph is displayed.


When the pointer is placed on the plot location, measurement values are displayed.

2. Select measurement results from the graph menu on the left side of the screen.
→ The selected measurement results are displayed in a graph.
If you select Growth Chart, the chart is displayed as follows.

Growth Chart is displayed when the SD type obstetrics table (E.g: BPD JSUM'03) is
assigned.
To return to the measurement screen, select Exit.

7-16 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-2 FW (Fetal weight) measurement

You can calculate the estimated fetal weight from the measure value of several fetal parts.

• Setting of the estimated fetal weight equation and growth table (FW Growth Table)
Set the equation in FW Equation of the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) >
OB Program > GA FW Ratio).
• Setting of the estimated weight display based on the GA measurement results
Navigate the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) > OB Program > GA FW
Ratio) and turn Auto in FW Equation ON.
• Setting of the unit system for displaying the fetal weight
Set it in the preset (Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Unit
Selection).

1. Record the FW measurement target region.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. From the measurement menu, select FW measurement (E.g.: FW Tokyo U).
4. Measure the target region.
→ When all target regions are measured, the estimated fetal weight is displayed.
If GA measurement has been performed on the target region before selecting FW
measurement, the GA results are also used for the FW measurement.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-17


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results
FW measurement result display example (In the case of FW Tokyo U. Displayed with the GA measurement results)
US-GA: w d : The average gestational week calculated from the GA measurement
results
‘ / / : The average estimated date of confinement calculated from the GA
measurement results
AXT:Tokyo U : Part of the fetus to be measured: Author's name of the estimated
gestational week table

. cm2 : Measurement value (AXT is the value calculated from APTD and
TTD)
w d ± d : Estimated gestational week ± measurement error based on the AXT
measurement value
‘ / / : Estimated confinement date based on the AXTmeasurement value

FW:Tokyo U : Fetal weight measurement: Author of calculation formula

g : Estimated fetal weight based on the FW Growth Table

%ile : Normal range (Displayed when FW Growth Table is set to


Hadlock(%ile))**a
w d : Estimated gestational week based on the FW Growth Table*b
‘ / / : Estimated confinement date based on the FW Growth Table*2
BPD: . cm : Fetal measurement part (BPD)

w d : Estimated gestational week based on the measurement value listed


above*c
APTD: cm : Fetal measurement part (APTD)

TTD: cm : Fetal measurement part (TTD)

FL: cm : Fetal measurement part (FL)

w d : Estimated gestational week based on the measurement value listed


above*3

*a When Normal Range of the FW measurement item on the preset (Measured Methods & Display Items) is set
ON.
*b It is displayed when GA Date and EDC are set to ON in the FW measurement result display setting of the preset.
They are set to OFF at the default setting.
*c It is displayed when the estimated gestational week table is set.
In the example above, instead of not specifying the APTD and TTD, the estimated gestational week table is set for
AXT, a value calculated from APTD and TTD.

7-18 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Displaying the graph

You can display a graph after measurement.


If past examination results of the same patient are available, changes in fetal growth and
development can be displayed in a graph.

This fetus growth graph (Growth Analysis) displays deviation data related to the number of
weeks indicated in the estimated gestational week table. Use the graph as a guideline for growth.

1. Display a graph.
• Select Measurement key, and select Graph from the measurement menu.
• Select the hot key assigned to Graph (Z key at the default setting).

→ The graph is displayed.


When the pointer is placed on the plot location, measurement values are displayed.
2. Select measurement results from the graph menu on the left side of the screen.
→ The selected measurement results are displayed in a graph.
To return to the measurement screen, select Exit.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-19


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-3 Fetus Ratio measurement

You can calculate the ratio from the measurement values of the fetal measurement regions (2
points).

• Setting of the ratio equation and growth table (FW Growth Table)
Set the equation in Ratio Equation of the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name)
> OB Program > GA FW Ratio).
• Setting of ratio display based on the GA measurement results
Navigate the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) > OB Program > GA FW
Ratio) and turn Auto in Ratio Equation ON.
• Setting items to the measurement menu
Fetus Ratio measurement is not assigned to the measurement menu as the default setting.
Set it in the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) > Menu Assign).

1. Record the FW measurement target region.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. From the measurement menu, select Fetus Ratio measurement (E.g.: Select FL/AC).
4. Measure the target region.
→ When all the target regions are measured, the ratio is displayed.
If GA measurement has been performed on the target region before selecting Fetus Ratio
measurement, the GA results are also used for the Fetus Ratio measurement.

Measurement results
(In the case of FL/AC)
FL/AC: : Measurement region name

. : Ratio

- : Normal length

FL: . cm : Part to be measured (molecule)

AC: . cm : Part to be measured (molecule)

7-20 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Displaying the graph

If measurement results are available, you can display the graph.


If past examination results of the same patient are available, changes in fetal growth and
development can be displayed in a graph.

This fetus growth graph (Growth Analysis) displays deviation data related to the number of
weeks indicated in the estimated gestational week table. Use the graph as a guideline for growth.

1. Display a graph.
• Press the Measurement key and select Graph from the measurement menu.
• Select the hot key assigned to Graph (Z key at the default setting).

→ The graph is displayed.


When the pointer is placed on the plot location, measurement values are displayed.
2. Select measurement results from the graph menu on the left side of the screen.
→ The selected measurement results are displayed in a graph.
To return to the measurement screen, select Exit.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-21


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-4 Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) measurement

This measurement determines the free space in the amniotic fluid pocket (depth) of the uterus,
and calculates the amniotic fluid index (AFI). In the AFI measurement, with dividing gravid
uterus into four parts (Q1 - Q4) on abdominal wall body surface, the greatest amniotic fluid
depth of each divided part is obtained. These four elements are totaled for calculation.

You can set the normal range table for AFI in AFI Anther in the preset (Study Assignment >
(Study Name) > OB Program > Other).

1. Move the probe parallel to the plane of the mother's body indicated by the arrow, and
apply it perpendicularly to the mother’s back.
2. Record the cross-section of the first of the four divided parts of the area to be examined.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select AFI from the measurement menu.
The AFI measurement menu shows the author's name specified in the normal range table.
If Moore has been specified, it will be displayed as "AFI Moore".
5. Measure the Q1 using the Caliper method.
6. Measure the Q2 to Q4.
a Depict the second cross-section.
b Measure the Q1 using the Caliper method.
c Repeat steps a and b to measure the Q3 and Q4.

→ The total value is displayed.

Measurement results

AFI:Moore : Author's name of Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI)

. cm : Total of Q1 to Q4

. - . : Normal range

Q1: . cm : Measurement value of Q1

Q2: . cm : Measurement value of Q2

Q3: . cm : Measurement value of Q3

Q4: . cm : Measurement value of Q4

7-22 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Displaying the graph

● Select Measurement key, and select Graph from the measurement menu.
● Select the hot key assigned to Graph (Z key at the default setting).

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-23


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-5 AF Pocket measurement, AFV measurement

This measurement determines the free space in the amniotic fluid pocket (depth) of the uterus.
AF Pocket (Amniotic Fluid Pocket) and AFV (Amniotic Fluid Volume) measure the same
region.

Caliper method and Circle method are available for measurement. Navigate the preset to
Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Measure Method & Display
Items > B.Mode and select the measurement item (AF Pocket or AFV). The factory default
setting is the Circle method.

1. Depict and record the amniotic fluid pocket surrounded by the placenta and the fetal part.

2. Select Measurement key.


3. Select AF Pocket or AFV from the measurement menu.
4. Measure the free space in the amniotic fluid pocket using the Circle method.

Measurement results
Example of AF Pocket results display
AF Pocket
. cm : Measurement value

Example of AFV results display


AFV . cm : Measurement value

7-24 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-6 CTAR measurement, CTR measurement

The CTAR (Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio) and CTR (Cardio Thoracic Ratio) measurements are
used to measure the size of the part of the heart that is in the thorax. These measurements are
used to estimate the enlargement of the heart of the fetus.

Schematic fetal thoracic cross section


B C A: Heart (four-chamber cross section)
B: Fetal thoracic cross section
C: Spine
A

• CTAR: Determines the ratio of the fetal thoracic cross-sectional area and fetal heart
cross-sectional area.
• CTR: Determines the ratio of the fetal thoracic circumference and fetal heart
circumference.
The measurement method can be selected from Ellipse (factory default), Circle, Trace, or
Cross-Caliper. To set the measurement method, navigate the preset to Create Measurement
Tools > Application Measurement > Measure Method & Display Items > B.Mode.

1. Using the part that enables the four chambers of the heart to be displayed, display the
image that shows the cross-sectional area of the thorax and the cross-sectional area of the
heart.
2. Select Measurement key, and select CTAR or CTR from the measurement menu.
3. Measure the cross-sectional area of the heart.
4. Measure the cross-sectional area of the thorax.

Measurement results
Example of CTAR (above) and CTR (below)
CTAR: % : Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio (CTAR = A ÷ B × 100)

A: . cm2 : Fetal heart area

B: . cm2 : Fetal thoracic area

CTR: % : Cardio Thoracic Ratio(CTR = A ÷ B × 100)

A: . cm2 : Heart circumference

B: . cm2 : Thoracic circumference

Reference:
Caliper Method → p.1-12

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-25


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Ellipse Method → p.1-13


B Trace Method → p.1-14
Circle Method → p.1-15

7-2-2-7 Nuchal Translucency (NT) auto measurement

Automatic Nuchal Translucency (NT) measurement automatically traces the boundary of the
low echo zone that is found at the back of the neck of the fetus in early pregnancy to obtain NT.

Nuchal Translucency

NOTE: The optional SOP-F31-42 is required for automatic NT measurement.

1. Switch the study to Early.


2. Record a longitudinal image of the fetus showing NT.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select Auto NT from the measurement menu.
→ The ROI is displayed in the center of the screen.

5. Move the left end of the ROI to the starting point and align the + mark heightwise with
the center of the low echo zone.
6. Adjust the height of the ROI with the rotary encoder.
7. Press ENTER.
8. Align the right end of the ROI with the end point and the + mark heightwise with the
center.
9. Press ENTER.
→ The low echo zone is traced, and the measurement results are displayed. The trace line and
position of the maximum and minimum values of NT are displayed on the image. The
maximum value is displayed as 1 and the minimum value is displayed as 2.

1 2

7-26 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

10. If necessary, adjust the trace level using the rotary encoder.
a Correct the blue (cyan) display line trace level using the rotary encoder.
Temporarily deleting the trace line
Press the hot key assigned to the Mark Display (factory default is key 5).
b Press ENTER.
→ The other line is displayed in blue (cyan).
c Correct the trace level using the rotary encoder.

Measurement results

Nuchal transl
1max: mm : Max.

2min: mm : Min.

mean: mm : Avg.

SD: mm : Standard deviation

width: mm : ROI width

points: : Number of measurement points

med: mm : Median value

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-27


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-2-8 Cervix measurement

Measure the length of the uterine cervix.


The length of the cervix is measured during the middle period of the pregnancy as a method for
forecasting early delivery.

Cervix

• Cervix is not assigned to the measurement menu as the factory default. To assign this
function in the measurement menu, navigate the preset to Study Assignment > (Study
Name) > Menu Assign.
• Caliper method and Trace method are available for Cervix measurement. The factory
default setting is the Caliper method.

1. Depict and record the image of the cervix.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select Cervix from the measurement menu.
4. Using the Caliper or the Trace method, measure the length of the cervix.

Measurement results

Cervix . cm : Cervix

7-28 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-3 M mode

7-2-3-1 FHR (Fetal heart rate) measurement

You can measure the heart rate of the fetus from an M mode image of the heart of the fetus.
Methods of measuring the heart rate of the fetus include FHR, PreHR and PstHR. The method
of performing each measurement is identical.

PreHR and PstHR are used to monitor the fetus before and after an amniotic fluid puncture.
They are displayed in the Amnio/CVS Block in the report.

1. Record the heart rate of the fetus in the M mode or D mode image.
2. (In the case of PreHR or PstHR) Switch it to BPP/Amnio Study.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. From the measurement menu, select FHR (PreHR or PstHR before and after an
amniotic fluid puncture).
5. Measure the heart rate using the Caliper method.

2 beats

Heart rate to be measured


At the factory default, the heart rate is measured as the time between two heartbeats.
To change the settings, navigate the preset to Create Measurement Tools > Basic
Measurement > Measure Method & Display Items, select M.Mode or D.Mode, and change
Cardiac Cycles # in HR.

Measurement results

FHR BPM : Heart rate

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-29


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-3-2 LV Function measurement

Measure the left ventricular end-diastolic diameter (LVIDd) and left ventricular end-systolic
diameter (LVIDs) in the M mode (or B mode) image and evaluate the ejection function of the
left ventricle of the fetus using the Pombo method.

LVIDd: Left ventricular internal diameter (diastole)


RVDd LVIDs: Left ventricular internal diameter (systole)
RVDd: Right ventricular diameter (diastole)
LVIDd LVIDs

LV Function is not assigned to the measurement menu as the factory default. To assign this
function in the measurement menu, navigate the preset to Study Assignment > (Study) >
Menu Assign.

1. Record the cross-sectional area of the fetal heart in the M mode (or B mode) image.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select LV Function from the measurement menu.
4. Using the Caliper method, measure the end-diastolic left ventricular internal diameter
(LVIDd).
a Press the TBF button to search and display the end-diastolic cross section of the heart.
b Press TBF.
c Using the Caliper method, measure the end-diastolic left ventricular internal diameter
(LVIDd).

5. Similarly, using the Caliper method, measure the end-systolic left ventricular internal
diameter (LVIDs).
6. Similarly, using the Caliper method, measure the end-systolic right ventricular internal
diameter (RVDd).

7-30 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results

LV Function
LVIDd: cm : Left ventricular internal diameter (diastole)

LVIDs: cm : Left ventricular internal diameter (systole)

RVDd: cm : Right ventricular diameter (diastole)

EDV: ml : Left ventricular end diastolic volume

ESV: ml : Left ventricular end systolic volume

EF: % : Ejection fraction

FS: % : Fractional shortening

SV: ml : Stroke volume

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-31


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-4 D mode

Keep the following notes in mind while taking measurements in D mode:

• When you record an arterial flow Doppler waveform (pulse method), set the Doppler
incident angle as small as possible. If the Doppler incident angle exceeds 60 degrees, the
blood velocity measurement error increases.
• When measuring the blood velocity using multiple blood flow waveform images, use
identical recording conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood
flow waveforms. The device will record blood velocity values as real numbers, but will
not display positive and negative symbols (±).
In particular, when the report measurement value display is set for average values
(Display Data is set to Average in the preset (Create Measurement Tools >
Application Measured Method & Display Items > Report Data)), completely
different measurement values may be displayed.
Measurement in D mode is set to measurement menu in Extended Study.

7-32 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-4-1 Arterial blood flow measurement

Trace the arterial blood flow waveforms and obtain PI, RI, S/D and so on.
Measurement targets include the uterine artery blood flow, umbilical cord arterial blood flow,
middle cerebral artery, aorta descendens blood flow, and the renal arterial blood flow.

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). The
measurement method can be set in each measurement item in the preset (Application
Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode).

1. Record the arterial blood flow Doppler waveform.


2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select the blood flow to measure from the measurement menu.
• To measure the right uterine artery, select Rt.UtA.
• To measure the left uterine artery blood flow, select Lt.UtA.
• To measure the umbilical cord arterial blood flow, select UmA.
• To measure the middle cerebral artery blood flow, select MCA.
• To measure the aorta descendens blood flow, select D-Ao.
• To measure the renal arterial blood flow, select Renal-A.

→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
4. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed. The measurement
results are displayed at the same time.

5. If necessary, modify the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or the minimum
diastolic velocity.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-33


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

Measurement results
(In the case of Rt.UtA measurement)
Rt.UtA
PI: . : Pulsatility Index

RI: . : Resistance Index

S/D: . : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: . cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: . cm/s : End-diastolic velocity

MnV: . cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heart beats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

Displaying the graph

● Select Measurement key, and select Graph from the measurement menu.
● Select the hot key assigned to Graph (Z key at the default setting).

The screen is displayed as shown below.

7-34 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-4-2 OBDop measurement

You can calculate the PSV (peak systolic velocity) of the arterial blood flow, EDV
(end-diastolic velocity or minimum diastolic velocity) and S/D.
In the obstetrical arterial blood flow measurement, you can set three types of user-defined
measurements.

Obstetrical blood flow OBDop1


measurement
OBDop2
OBDop3
Measurement names can be changed in Name Assignment of the preset (Create
Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Measured Methods & Measurement
Items > D.Mode).

In this measurement, set the following two points:

• Peak Systolic Velocity (PSV)


• End-Diastolic EDV (velocity (EDV) or minimum diastolic velocity
NOTE: The end-diastolic velocity (EDV) and minimum diastolic velocity do not necessarily
match. Set the EDV time phase to match the blood velocity used for the measurement.

Doppler Trace methods include Auto (Auto Trace) and Manual (Manual Trace). The
measurement method can be set in each measurement item in the preset (Application
Measurement > Measured Methods and Display Items > D.Mode).

1. Switch the study to Extended.


2. Record the pulsating blood flow Doppler waveform.
3. Select Measurement key.
4. Select the blood flow to measure OBDop1, OBDop2, OBDop3 from the measurement
menu.
→ A line cursor (vertical) is displayed for Auto Trace and + mark is displayed for Manual
Trace.
5. Using the Doppler Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→ When the blood flow Doppler waveform is traced, a line cursor accompanied by S (peak
systolic velocity point) and D (end diastolic velocity point) is displayed.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-35


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

6. If necessary, correct the EDV time phase to the end-diastolic velocity or minimum
diastolic velocity.

Measurement results
(for OBDop1 measurement)
OBDop1
PI: . : Pulsatility Index

RI: . : Resistance Index

S/D: . : PSV/EDV ratio

PSV: . cm/s : Peak systolic velocity

EDV: . cm/s : End-diastolic velocity

MnV: . cm/s : Mean velocity

[ 1Beat avg.] : Number of heart beats detected

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16

7-36 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-4-3 PLI (Preload Index) measurement

The PLI measurement compares two flow velocity values (A wave and SF wave) for the inferior
vena cava of a fetus.
It is used to evaluate right ventricular failure in a fetus.

SF
Fetal inferior vena cava waveform

1. Record the blood flow Doppler waveform for the inferior vena cava of a fetus.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select PLI from the measurement menu.
4. Move the caliper mark to the position of the A wave and press ENTER.
5. Move the caliper mark to the position of the SF wave and press ENTER.
→ The PLI is displayed.

Measurement results

PLI: . : Preload Index (PLI = | A | ÷ | SF | )

A: . cm/s : A wave flow velocity

B: . cm/s : SF wave flow velocity

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-37


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-2 Measurement methods

7-2-4-4 LVOT Flow measurement, RVOT Flow measurement

Obtain the velocity time integral ((VTI)) from the left ventricular (right ventricular) outflow
tract flow velocity waveform, and the stroke volume from the left ventricular (right ventricular)
outflow tract diameter (LVOT, RVOT). Based on the measurement results of LVOT Flow
and RVOT Flow, the ratio for the left and right outflows displayed in the report as Qp/Qs.

• LVOT Flow and RVOT Flow are not assigned to the measurement menu as the factory
default. To assign this function in the measurement menu, navigate the preset to Study
Assignment > (Study Name) > Menu Assign.

1. Record the left ventricular outflow tract waveform on the B/D mode image.
2. Select Measurement key.
3. Select LVOT Flow or RVOT Flow from the measurement menu.
• To measure the left ventricular outflow tract flow waveform, select LVOT Flow.
• To measure the right ventricular outflow tract flow waveform, select RVOT Flow.

4. Set single heartbeat section using the Doppler Trace method.


→ The velocity time integral (VTI) and HR are obtained.
5. Press + or ENTER.
6. Using the Circle method, measure the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA).
→ The flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and blood flow volume are displayed.
The cross-sectional area of the outflow path is calculated on the basis of a circle.

Measurement results

LVOT Flow
pV: cm/s : Peak Velocity

MnV: cm/s : Mean Velocity

VTI: cm : Velocity Time Integral

LVOT: cm : Left Ventricular Out Tract diameter

CSA: cm2 : Cross Sectional Area

SV: . ml : Stroke Volume

Reference:
Doppler Trace Method → p.1-16
Circle Method → p.1-15

7-38 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3 Report

Measurement results and obtained index values are sorted and displayed in the report.

The following operations are available using the report:

1) Displaying measurement results and images

• Measurement results
• Graph display
• Recorded ultrasound images
• Past results
2) Editing results, comments and findings
3) Outputting reports (printing and saving)

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-39


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-1 Displaying reports

NOTE: Patient information is required to display a report. Enter patient information on the ID
screen.

7-3-1-1 Displaying reports

● Select REPORT from the measurement menu. Alternatively, select REPORT


(Hot Key 4 or custom switch).
→ The report is displayed.

The following buttons are located at the top of the report.

Return Closes the report.

Header Toggles the Header block (patient information) display between Long Form
and Short Form.
Prev. Displays the previous page.

Next Displays the next page.

(Study list) Switches the study in the report.

Graph Displays multiple growth graphs.

History Displays the past examination results.

US Image Displays an ultrasound image in the report.

Output Outputs report data to a PC, Media or printer.

Switching the display from report to images

● Select Return located at the top of the report screen. Or select REPORT (custom
switch).

7-40 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-1-2 Information blocks displayed in a report

Reports are displayed by study.


The obstetrical measurement includes Basic, Early, Extended, BPP/Amnio and Anatomy
studies. In addition, studies for twins and triples are available.
Any study allows you to classify information into Blocks for display. Header Block and Site
Information Block are always displayed in a report. Other Blocks are set in the preset (Study
Assignment > (Study name) > Combined Report Data), and blocks including the
measurement results registered to the report are displayed.

Header Block
Patient information entered on the ID
screen
Composite US-GA
Gestational week calculated from the
GA measurement results
Composite US-EDC
Estimated date of confinement
calculated from the GA measurement
results
<Comment>
Display/Clear the comment entry field.
Site Information Block
Facility information, information on
physicians in charge and so on
GA, FW & Ratio Block
Displays the results for the GA, FW
and Ratio measurements.

Nuchal Translucency Block


Displays both the NT and Auto NT
measurement results.

Other Block
Displays the results for the AFI, AF
Pocket, AFV and Cervix
measurements.
Fetal Cardiac Block
Displays the results for the FHR,
CTAR, CTR and LV Function
measurements.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-41


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Fetal Doppler Block


Displays the D mode measurement
results such as Uma and MCA.
Fetal Cardiac Doppler Block
Displays the results for the PLI, LVOT
Flow and RVOT Flow measurements.
BPP Block
Enter the BPP Scoring Report here.

Amnio/CVS Block
Enter the amniotic fluid puncture
examination results or chorionic villus
sampling results here.
Anatomy Check List Block
Enter the Anatomy Check List here.

7-42 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Example of multiplets report display

If a multiple study is selected, the report will change over to a multiple display. The displayed
results are divided into Fetus a, Fetus b and Fetus c in the report.

Table 7-5: Report display example for twins (some blocks only)
Composite US-GA and Composite US-EDC will be displayed for each fetus.
Header Block
Patient information entered on the ID
screen

GA, FW & Ratio Block (Fetus a)


Displays the results for the GA, FW
and Ratio measurements for Fetus a.

GA, FW & Ratio Block (Fetus b)


Displays the results for the GA, FW
and Ratio measurements for Fetus b.

Other Block (Fetus a)


Displays the results for the AFI, AF
Pocket, AFV and Cervix
measurements for Fetus a.
Other Block (Fetus b)
Displays the results for the AFI, AF
Pocket, AFV and Cervix
measurements for Fetus b.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-43


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-1-3 Displaying the graph

GA, FW & Ratio Block or Fetal Doppler Block data can display changes in fetal growth and
development in a graph.
There are two methods for displaying the graph.

• Displaying GA, FW & Ratio Block or Fetal Doppler Block data together with
measurement results
• Displaying only the graph

Displaying a graph next to the measurement results

Select the graph to display next to the measurement results in the GA, FW & Ratio Block or
Fetal Doppler Block.

1. Display the report.


2. Select Graph.
→ The following dialog box is displayed. The item with measurement results is highlighted.

3. On the Graph number on the screen, select Gr-1.


4. From Growth Curve, select one item to display.
a From the list, select one item to display.
b Select the display format from Gr-1, ±day and ±SD.

5. From Fetal Doppler, select the display item. To hide the item, select OFF.

7-44 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Graph display example


In the case of multiplets, the graph will be displayed for each fetus (Example of multiplets report
display → p.7-43).

GA, FW & Ratio Block


Gr-1 display example
When the pointer is placed on
the plot location, measurement
results at that point in time are
displayed.

GA, FW & Ratio Block


±day display example
GA, FW & Ratio Block
±SD display example

Fetal Doppler Bloc display


example

Displaying a graph over the entire report screen

You can simultaneously display multiple graphs.

1. Display the report.


2. Select Graph.
3. On the Graph number on the screen screen, select 1, 2, 4 or 6.
4. From Growth Curve, select the display item.
To display all items
Select ALL.
5. From Fetal Doppler, select the display item. To hide the item, select OFF.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-45


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Graph display example

When 1 is selected in Graph number on the When 2 is selected in Graph number on the
screen screen

When 4 is selected in Graph number on the When 6 is selected in Graph number on the
screen screen

In the case of multiplets, measurement results of all fetuses will be displayed in one graph.

← When this button (Fetus a, b) is selected, the


graph display changes in the order of Fetus a →
Fetus b → Fetus a, b → Fetus a → ....
In the case of triplets, the button will be displayed
as Fetus a, b, c. The graph display changes in the
order of Fetus a → Fetus b → Fetus c → Fetus
a, b, c → Fetus a → ....

7-46 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-1-4 Attaching an ultrasound image

You can attach ultrasound images to the report. The attached ultrasound images will be
displayed in the US Image block. You can add the stored images of the patient whose report is
being displayed from the hard disk of the instrument or from a connected storage medium, such
as USB memory.

Set the US Image block display using the following options under Report Data of the preset
menu.

• Set the display format in Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen.
• Set the number of images to display immediately after selecting US Image block in
Automatically be Displayed US Images Number.

1. Select US Image at the top of the report screen.


→ The US Image block is displayed. The number of images set in the preset settings is selected
from the latest images stored in the connected storage medium (such as HDD and external
media such as USB memory) and displayed, in the order of upper left, upper right, and so
on.
Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen is 2×2 and Automatically be
Displayed US Images Number is 4, images will be displayed as shown above.

When four images are stored


2. If necessary, change the displayed images.
a Select Review at the bottom of the screen.
→ Images stored in the HDD of the instrument and/or in the connected medium will be
displayed as thumbnails. Only today's images of the current patient are displayed.
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-47


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

b Select the images to display.


→ Selected images will be displayed with a blue frame.
c Once you have selected all the images to display, select Paste Desired US.
→ Only the selected images will be displayed in the US Image block.
Displaying past examination images
Select Change View below the thumbnails. Current&Post Exam. is displayed in the upper right
of the screen, and the current patient's past examination images are displayed. You can also select
images from past examinations to display in the US Image block.
If you select Change View again, the device displays only today's images (Current Exam.View).
Current Exam.View is displayed in the upper right of the screen.

7-48 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-2 Editing reports

You can edit the following contents in the report.

• Comments
• Opinions
• Measurement results

7-3-2-1 Entering comments

Enter comments including ultrasound comments in the Comment s s field in Header block.

1. Select <Comments>.
→ The text box is displayed.

2. Enter a comment from the keyboard.


3. Select OK after you finish entering the comments.
→ The entry is confirmed.
To cancel the entry, select Cancel.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-49


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-2-2 Editing the measurement results

1. Select the measurement value to be modified.


→ A dialog box showing the measurement value is displayed.

display data

When Display Data of Report Data in the preset is Current, data at the top is displayed
on the report screen. If it is set to Average, an average value is displayed.
2. Modify the data.
Deleting data
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select Delete in the dialog box.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
Modifying data
When measurement results, such as PI and RI, have a correlation to the two blood flow velocities
(EDV, PSV) within the same heartbeat cycle, correct them to maintain the mutual time-phase
relationship.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Enter values from the keyboard.
c) Select OK in the dialog box.
A prefix # will be added next to the name of the modified item.

Selecting the data to display


If Display Data of Report Data in the preset has been set to Current, you can change the
measurement value to be displayed on the report screen.
a) Select the measurement value in the dialog box.
b) Select OK in the dialog box.

7-50 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Modify the average GA measurement value.

The gestational week and estimated date of confinement date calculated from the GA
measurement vary depending on the GA measurement. The Header Block displays the
calculated average gestational week as Composite US-GA and average estimated date of
confinement as Composite US-EDC.
You can remove unnecessary results by selecting the results to be included in the Composite
US-GA and Composite US-EDC calculation.

1. Display the report.


2. Display GA, FW & Ratio Block.
3. In the check box displayed to the right of the GA measurement value, select whether or
not to include the GA measurement value in Composit US-GA/Composite US-EDC.
• Adding a check mark: The measurement value will be included in the Composite
US-GA/Composite US-EDC calculation.
• Removing a check mark: The measurement value will be excluded from the Composite
US-GA/Composite US-EDC calculation.

Display example

Display example of Composite


Check box selection US-GA/Composite US-EDC
If all check boxes are selected

If some check marks are removed

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-51


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-2-3 Entering the Anatomy Check List

Anatomy Check List is a function to enter anatomical findings concerning the uterus, ovaries,
and so on, and also findings concerning ultrasound, as a checklist.

Anatomy Check List Block is not incorporated in any Study report as the default setting. To
display the report, change the setting in the preset (Study Assignment > (Study Name) >
Combined Report Display).

1. Shot the report and switch to the study containing the Anatomy Check List block.
→ The Anatomy Check List Block is displayed.

In the case of multiplets, it will be displayed as follows.

2. Select from a list.

7-52 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Specifying the display items in the Anatomy Check List

It is set with a preset.

1. Select Anatomy Check List in the preset (Study Assignment > (Study)).
→ The Anatomy Check List is displayed. The first page shows the information on the pregnant
woman and the second page shows the information on the fetus.
Example of preset settings

2. Select the item to change.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. Select the items to display.


Removing an item
Select the blank field at the top of the dialog box.

Reference:
For the Anatomy Check List items and option list, see below.
Anatomy Check List → p.7-78

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-53


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Specifying Anatomy Check List item options

Specify options and User-defined items in the Anatomy Check List.

1. Select Anatomy Check List in the preset (Study Assignment > Report Data).
→ The Anatomy Check List is displayed.

2. Select Built-in to change the default items. Select User to specify Heading and
Selectable.
→ If you choose Built-in, the following screen is shown.

3. Select changes.
4. Enter the options from the keyboard.
5. Select Exit once setting is complete.

7-54 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-2-4 Entering the Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring)

BPP Scoring is a report which enables the examiner to make a selection according to the
evaluation criterion based on the data obtained from observation of ultrasound images carried
out on a fetus over a relative long period of time. Points are added according to the options
selected, and the total score is evaluated. This report is used mainly for managing high risk
pregnancies.
There are two evaluation criteria for BPP Scoring: one proposed by Vintzileos et al. and the
other proposed by Manning et al. To select the evaluation criteria to use, navigate the preset to
Create Measurement Tools > Application Measurement > Report Data, then select
Select BPP Scoring Criteria.

1. Display the report.


2. Activate the BPP/Amnio Study.
BPP/Amnio Study is set not to display under the factory default. To display this study, set
BPP/Amnio to ON in the Study Assignment preset.
→ The Biophysical Profile Scoring Block is displayed.

In the case of multiplets, it will be displayed as follows.

3. Select the results for evaluation items.


a Select the item field.
b Select the option.
c Repeat steps a and b to select the result for each evaluation item.

→ The number in parenthesis is transferred to Total Score.

Reference:
For details of the BPP Scoring items and options, see below.
Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring) → p.7-79

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-55


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-2-5 Entering Amnio/CVS examination results

Enter the amniocentesis test results or chorionic villus sampling results. You can also enter
comments concerning the change in the heart beat of the fetus or the amniotic fluid before and
after sampling.

Both amniocentesis test results and chorionic villus sampling results are entered in the
Amniocentesis Block.

1. Display the report.


2. Activate the BPP/Amnio Study.

BPP/Amnio Study is set not to display under the factory default. To display this study, set
BPP/Amnio to ON in the Study Assignment preset.
3. Enter each item of Amniocentesis by using the keyboard or selecting from the list.
How to select the list
a Select the item field.
b Select the option.
c Repeat steps a and b to select the result for each evaluation item.

7-56 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

Amniocentesis Block entry items

Item name Entry


Puncture Site Select the puncture site from RUQ, RLQ, LUQ or LLQ.
• RUQ (Right Upper Quadrant)
• RLQ (Right Lower Quadrant)
• LUQ (Left Upper Quadrant)
• LLQ (Left Lower Quadrant)
# of Puncture Select the number of times that a puncture was performed for the puncture site
selected above from 1 to 10.
Am't Fluid withdrawn Enter the amount of amniotic fluid from the keyboard.
Color of fluid Select the nature of the amniotic fluid obtained by puncturing from Clear,
Bloody or Dark. Or enter from the keyboard.
Fetal Heart Rate Enter the values of the fetal heart rate (PreHR and PstHR measurement)
obtained before and after the amniocentesis. This data is used for managing
stress that arises when the fetus is punctured.
Placenta Enter a comment concerning the placenta from the keyboard.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-57


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-3 Outputting reports

There are three ways to output the report.

• Outputting to a local printer: Selects the block to output.


• Outputting the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface: Outputs the information other
than the image information (US Image Block).
• Outputting as a CSV file: Outputs the values registered to the report to a connected
medium or the like.

7-3-3-1 Printing with a local printer

Print a report to the local printer (printer connected to the instrument).

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select to Printer.
3. Select OK.
→ The following dialog box is displayed.

4. Select a block to print.


Select one of the block to print. Repeat this step and highlight all the blocks to print. To
deselect a block, select the block.
5. Specify the number of copies in the Num of Copies field.

7-58 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

6. If necessary, configure the printer properties.


a Select Property.
b See the next section to configure the printer property.

7. Select Print.

Printer property

You can set the advance print properties.

Item Selections Description


Printer name Selects the printer model.

Paper sizes US Letter Prints on US letter size paper.

A4 Prints on A4 size paper.

Orientation Portrait Set the paper orientation to Portrait. (You can select only
Portrait.)
US Image Form 1×2 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 2 images per
column.
1×3 Prints the US Image block in 1 columns with 3 images per
column.
2×2 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 2 images per
column.
2×4 Prints the US Image block in 2 columns with 4 images per
column.
Signature Physician Adds the physician's signature field.

Phys. & Adds the physician and sonographer's signature fields.


Sonographer
None Hides the signature fields.

Title Inform Enables you to enter the report title (up to 80 letters).

Site Inform Enables you to enter the facility information (department,


address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-59


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-3-2 Outputting reports to a PC

You can output the report data to a PC via RS-232C interface.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Check the to PC, and select OK.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

3. If this is a revisit for the applicable patient, select Yes. If this is the first visit, select No.
4. Select OK.
→ Patient information and data registered in the report (excluding ultrasound images) will be
output to a PC.

7-60 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-3-3 Outputting reports as a CSV file

You can output data registered in the report as a CSV file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Export CSV file.


3. Select OK.
→ The following dialog box is displayed.

The file name is displayed as ID_Date_Application.


Select Cancel to return to the report screen.
4. Select the storage destination from the Target Medium list.
5. Change the file name if necessary.
6. Select OK.
→ The CSV file is saved in the specified medium.
The file form is populated with the patient information, numerical values and comments
accordingly.

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-61


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-3 Report

7-3-3-4 Creating a DICOM SR file

You can create a DICOM SR file from the data displayed in the reports.

NOTE:You will need DICOM Structured Report Software (SOP-F31-21) (optional) to create a
DICOM SR file.

1. Select Output at the top of the report screen.


→ The following dialog box is displayed.

2. Select Create SR, and select OK.


→ A DICOM SR file is created based on the data from the examination date displayed on the
report. If the file already exists, it will be overwritten.
At this point, the DICOM SR file is not yet transmitted.

Transmitting a DICOM SR file

NOTE:You will need DICOM Communication Software (SOP-F31-10) (optional) to connect to the
DICOM SR server.

The DICOM SR file you have just created will be transmitted to the DICOM SR server when
you press New Patient or select End Study button to finish the examination.
If SR Auto Creation in the preset (Common Preset > DICOM SR) is set to On and you have
not created a DSCOM SR file of the day yet, an SR file of the present examination is created
and sent to DICOM SR server together with the DICOM SR file already created.

7-62 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

7-4 Preset

The obstetrical measurement preset (OB preset) can be classified roughly into three types.

• Create Measurement Tools


Enables you to specify the measurement method, caliper mark display and report display.
It also enables you to set up the basic and application measurements.
• Study Assignment
Enables you to configure the menu, transferred items and report view in a study.
You can set these for each study.
• SW Assignment
Enables you to assign measurement menus to buttons.

Table 7-6: OB preset configuration


Create Measurement Basic Measurement Measured Method & B.Mode
Tools Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Display Form Mark Display
Application Measured Method & B.Mode
Measurement Display Items M.Mode
D.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Unit Selection
Caliper Auto Off
Report Data Anatomy Check
List
Display Form Mark Display

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-63


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Built-in & GA Table


User-defined table FW Equation
FW Growth
Fetus Ratio
AFI Table
Doppler Table
Internal Growth
Rate
User’s Name
User’s Calculation Reserved Word

Study Assignment Basic OB Program GA FW Ratio


Early Other
Twin Basic Anatomy Check
Twin Early, etc. List
Graph Number
Menu Assign
Combined Report Display
Transfer List Assign
Other

SW Assignment +Mark Key Assignment


Hot Key Assignment
Measure SW Assignment

7-64 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

7-4-1 OB Preset

OB Preset
OB Preset top page

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-65


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

7-4-1-1 Create Measurement Tools

Basic Measurement

See the preset for basic measurement ( → p.2-65).

Application Measurement

Specifies applied measurement (obstetrical measurement) settings.

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
B.Mode (1/3): B mode measurement settings B.Mode (2/3): B mode measurement settings

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
B.Mode (3/3): B mode measurement settings M.Mode (1/1): M mode measurement settings

7-66 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (1/4): D mode measurement settings D.Mode (2/4): D mode measurement settings

Measured Method & Display Items > Measured Method & Display Items >
D.Mode (3/4): D mode measurement settings D.Mode (4/4): D mode measurement settings

Caliper Auto Off: Settings for caliper mark and


measurement results display when freezing is
canceled

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-67


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Report Data (1/2) Report Data (2/2)


Report Data display format Report Data display format

Built-in & User-defined table > GA Table Built-in & User-defined table > GA Table >
: List of gestational week tables and user User #: User registration of gestational week
registration table

Built-in & User-defined table > FW Equation Built-in & User-defined table > FW Equation
: List of fetal weight equations and user > User #: User registration of fetal weight
registration equation

7-68 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Built-in & User-defined table > FW Growth Built-in & User-defined table > FW Growth >
: List of fetal weight growth tables and user User #: User registration of fetal weight growth
registration table list

Built-in & User-defined table > Fetus Ratio Built-in & User-defined table > Fetus Ratio >
: List of fetus ratio measurements and user User #: User registration of fetus ratio
registration measurement list

Built-in & User-defined table > AFI Built-in & User-defined table > AFI > User #:
: List of fetus ratio measurements and user User registration of fetus ratio measurement list
registration

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-69


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Built-in & User-defined table > Doppler Built-in & User-defined table > Doppler
Table Table > User #: User registration of fetus ratio
: List of fetus ratio measurements and user measurement list
registration

Display Form: Settings for display orientation Display Form > Mark Display
of the measurement results, multiple results Caliper mark display parameters
display and simultaneous display with basic
measurement

7-70 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

User’s Calculation User’s Calculation > Reserved Word


User-defined calculation formula Reserved word registration for user-defined
calculation formula

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-71


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

7-4-1-2 Study Assignment

You can configure the menu, transferred items and report view in each study.

Study Assignment
Tree View parameters for a study; creating a user-defined study

Menu Assign Combined Report Display


Measurement menu item settings Blocks to be displayed in a report

7-72 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

Transfer List Assign Other


Specifying measurement items for which the Measurement guide message display setting
basic measurement results can be transferred

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-73


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-4 Preset

7-4-1-3 SW Assignment

You can assign measurement menus to the buttons and keyboard on the operation panel.

+Mark Key Assignment Hot Key Assignment


Settings for measurement that starts up with the Assigning measurement items to alphanumeric
+ button keys

Measure SW Assignment
Specifying assignable items to Custom switch
and Function keys

7-74 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5 References

7-5-1 Calculation

7-5-1-1 B mode

Gestational week (Gestational age)


by Last Menstrual Period LMP-GA = (Exam date - LMP) ÷ 7
by BBT BBT-GA = (Exam date - BBT + 14) ÷ 7
by EGA EGA-GA = (Exam date - EGA) ÷ 7 + EGA-MA
EGA-MA: Mean equivalent gestational week for a
past examination date and time
Average gestational week by GA Composite
measurement US-GA = (USGA1 + USGA2 +...+ USGAn) ÷ n
Estimated date of confinement
by Last Menstrual Period LMP-EDC = 280 + LMP
by BBT BBT-EDC = (280 - 14) + BBT
by EGA EGA-EDC = EGA date + (280 - EGA-MA)
EGA-MA: Mean equivalent gestational week for a
past examination date and time
by GA measurement GA-EDC = Exam.data + (280-GA)
Average estimated date of Composite
confinement by GA measurement US-EDC = Exam.data + (280-GA)

Combined measurement
Circumference HC = π × √ {(BPD2 + OFD2) ÷ 2}
Circumference HC2 = 2.325 × √ (BPD2 + OFD2)
Circumference AC = π × √ {(APTD2 + TTD2) ÷ 2}
Area FTA = π × (APTD × TTD) ÷ 4
Average length AD = (APTD + TTD) ÷ 2

Fetal weight equation


Tokyo U FW (g) = 1.07 × BPD3 + 3.42 × APTD × TTD × FL
BPD, APTD, TTD, FL: cm
Osaka U FW (g) = 1.25647 × BPD3 + 3.50665 × FTA × FL + 6.3

BPD, FL: cm, FTA: cm2

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-75


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Fetal weight equation


Hadlock 1 FW (g) = 10 ^ (1.304 + 0.05281 × AC + 0.1938 × FL - 0.004 × AC × FL)
AC, FL: cm
Hadlock 2 FW (g) = 10 ^ (1.326 - 0.00326 × AC × FL + 0.0107 × HC + 0.0438 × AC+ 0.158 × FL)
AC, HC, FL: cm
Hadlock 3 FW (g) = 10 ^ (1.335 - 0.0034 × AC × FL + 0.0316 × BPD + 0.0457 × AC +
0.1623 × FL)
BPD, AC, FL: cm
Hadlock 4 FW (g) = 10 ^ (1.182 + 0.0273 × HC+ 0.07057 × AC - 0.00063 ×AC^2 -
0.0002184 × HC × AC)
HC, AC: cm
Hadlock 5 FW (g) = 10 ^ (1.3596 - 0.00386 × AC × FL + 0.0064 × HC + 0.00061 × BPD ×
AC + 0.0424 × AC + 0.174 × FL)
BPD, HC, AC, FL: cm
Shepard FW (g) = 10 ^ ((3 - 1.7492) + 0.166 × BPD + 0.046 × AC - 2.646 × AC × BPD ÷
1000)
BPD, AC: cm
Shinozuka FW (g) = 1.07 × BPD3 + 0.3 × AC2 × FL
BPD, AC, FL: cm
Hansmann FW (kg) = -0.105775 × BPD + 0.000930707 × BPD2 + 0.0649145 × TTD -
0.000205620 ×TTD2 + 0.515263
BPD, TTD: mm
Warsof FW (kg) = 10 ^ (-1.599 + 0.144 × BPD + 0.032 × AC - 0.111 × BPD2 × AC ÷ 1000
BPD, AC: cm
Campbell FW (g) = 2.718282 ^ (- 4.564 + 0.0282 × AC - 0.00331 × AC2 + loge1000)

Cephalic CI = BPOo ÷ OFDo


Index (14 ≦ LMP-GA ≦ 40wks)
Amniotic AFI = Q1 + Q2 + Q 3 + Q4
fluid index
Thoracic area CTR = A ÷ B
ratio A: Heart circumference (diameter), B: Throaty circumference (diameter)
CTAR = A ÷ B
A: Heart cross-sectional area, B: Thoracic cross-sectional area
Internal Growth Rate = (Current Study data - Previous Study data) mm ÷ (Current GA data -
Previous GA data) week
Reference: Levon N

7-76 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-1-2 M mode

Heart rate FHR = # × 60 ÷ (Time for # cardiac cycle)


PreFHR = # × 60 ÷ (Time for # cardiac cycle)
PostFHR = # × 60 ÷ (Time for # cardiac cycle)
LV Function
Left ventricular end EDV = LVIDd3 (Pombo method)
diastolic volume
Left ventricular end ESV = LVIDs3 (Pombo method)
systolic volume
Stroke volume SV = EDV-ESV
Left ventricular EF (%) = (SV ÷ EDV) × 100
ejection fraction
Fractional shortening FS (%) = ((LVIDd - LVIDs) ÷ LVIDd) × 100

7-5-1-3 D mode

Index PI = (PSV - EDV) ÷ MeanV


RI = (PSV - EDV) ÷ PSV
S/D = Systolic Velocity ÷ Diastolic Velocity
PLI = |A| / |SF|
LVOT Flow
Cross-sectional area CSA =π/4 × CSD2
Stroke volume SV = CSALVOT × VTI
Qp/Qs = SVRVOT ÷ SVLVOT

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-77


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-2 Anatomy Check List

1) Pregnant Woman: Checklist for maternal evaluation

2) Fetus: Checklist for fetal evaluation

7-78 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-3 Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring)

7-5-3-1 Criteria for Scoring Biophysical Variables According to Vintzelios

Parameter Present Score of 2 Equivocal Score of 1 Not Present Score of 0


Non stress 5 or more FHR accelerations 2 or 4 accelerations of at 1 or 0 acceleration in a
test of at least 15 bpm in least 15 bpm and at least 20-minute period. (NST 0)
amplitude and at least 15-seconds duration
15-seconds duration associated with fetal
associated with fetal movements in a 20-minute
movement in a 20-minute period. (NST 1)
period. (NST 2)
Fetal At least 3 gross (trunk and 1 or 2 fetal movements Absence of fetal movements
movement limbs) episodes of fetal within 30 minutes. (FM1) within 30 minutes. (FM 0)
movements within 30
minutes.
Simultaneous limb and trunk
movements are counted as a
single movement. (FM 2)
Fetal At least 1 episode of fetal At least 1 episode of fetal Absence of fetal breathing,
breathing breathing of at least breathing lasting 30 to 60 or breathing lasting less than
movement 60-seconds duration within a seconds within 30 minutes. 30 seconds within 30
30-minute observation (FBM 1) minutes. (FBM 0)
period. (FBM 2)
Fetal tone At least 1 episode of At least 1 episode of Extremities in extension.
extension of extremities with extension of extremities with Fetal movements not
return to position of flexion return to position of flexion followed by return to
and also 1 episode of or 1 episode of extension of flexion. Open hand. (FT 0)
extension of spine with spine with return to point of
return to position of flexion. flexion. (FT 1)
(FT 2)
Amniotic Fluid evident throughout the A pocket that measures less Crowding of fetal small
fluid volume uterine cavity. A pocket that than 2cm but more than 1cm parts. Largest pocket less
measures 2 cm or more in vertical diameter. (AF 1) than 1cm in vertical
vertical diameter. (AF 2) diameter. (AF 0)
Placental Placental grade 0, 1, or 2. Placenta posterior; difficult Placental grade 3. (PL 0)
grading (PL2) to evaluate. (PL 1)

Reference
Vintzileos A.M., Campbell W.A., Ingardia C.J., Nochimson D.J., “The fetal biophysical profile
and its predictive value,” Obstet Gynecol., 62 (3): 271-278, September 1983

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-79


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-3-2 Biophysical profile scoring According to Manning and Coworkers

Parameter Present Score of 2 Not Present Score of 0


Breathing 30 seconds or more of breathing noted in Less than 30-second period or no
30-minute period. breathing in 30 minutes.
Movement 3 or more gross body/limb movements in Less than 3 gross body/limb movements
30-minute period. in 30 minutes.
Tone At least 1 episode of flexion or extension Failure to observe any flexion or
with return to normal position in a extension in a 30-minute period.
30-minute period.
Fluid One pocket of a amniotic fluid measuring Failure to identify fluid pocket
2cm in both vertical and horizontal measuring 2cm in any plane.
planes.
Nonstress test Negative or reactive test. Less than 2 accelerations of at least 15
bpm.
TOTAL POSSIBLE SCORE 10

Reference
Manning F.A., Platt L.D., Sipos L., “Antepartum fetal evaluation: development of a fetal
biophysical profile,” Am. J Obstet Gynecol., 136 (6): 787-795, March 1980

7-80 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4 Clinical reference and Tables

7-5-4-1 GA Tables

Tokyo U

Author’s Name Tokyo U Tokyo U


Measurement GS CRL

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± Day Week ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 4 - 12 weeks 8 - 15 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name Tokyo U Tokyo U Tokyo U Tokyo U

Measurement BPD FL LV AXT

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper Caliper Ellipse

Range of Data 12 - 40 weeks 20 - 40 weeks 21 - 40 weeks 16 - 41 weeks

GA Table

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-81


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference:
Tokyo University Takashi Okai, et al., “Studies on Fetal Growth and Functional
Developments,” Journal of the Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 38 (8): 1209-1217,
1986

Osaka U

Author’s Name Osaka U

Data interval 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± 1.0SD,


Week ± 1.5SD,
Week ± 2.0SD
Method Caliper

Range of Data 7 - 13 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name Osaka U Osaka U Osaka U Osaka U

Measurement FTA FL HL BPD

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± 1.0SD, Week ± 1.0SD, Week ± 1.0SD, Week ± 1.0SD,
Week ± 1.5SD, Week ± 1.5SD, Week ± 1.5SD, Week ± 1.5SD,
Week ± 2.0SD Week ± 2.0SD Week ± 2.0SD Week ± 2.0SD
Method Caliper Caliper Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 40 weeks 13 - 40 weeks 13 - 40 weeks 10 - 40 weeks

GA Table

7-82 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference:
M. Aoki, “IUGR Diagnosis and Treatment: 1. IUGR Diagnosis by Ultrasonic Measurement of
Fetal Constitution,” Perinatal Care, 9 (5): 407-442, May 1990

Hadlock

Author’s Name Hadlock Hadlock Hadlock Hadlock


1) 2) 3)
Measurement BPD HC AC FL 4)
Data interval 0.1 cm 0.5 cm 0.5 cm 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ±


Day Day Day Day
Method Caliper Ellipse-Circle Ellipse-Circle Caliper

Range of Data 2 - 10 cm 8.0 - 36.0 cm 10.0 - 36.5 cm 1.0 - 7.9 cm

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-83


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

GA Table

Author’s Name Hadlock

Measurement CRL 5)
Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 0.2 - 12.1 cm

7-84 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

GA Table

Reference

1) F. P. Hadlock, R. L. Deter, R. B. Harrist, and S. K. Park, “Fetal biparietal diameter: a


critical re-evaluation of the relation to menstrual age by means of real-time ultrasound,”
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine, 1 (3), 97-104, 1982
2) F. P. Hadlock, R.L. Deter, R.B. Harrist, S.K. Park, “Fetal head circumference: relation to
menstrual age,” AJR, 138 (4), 649-653, April 1982
3) F. P. Hadlock, R. L. Deter, R.B. Harrist, S.K. Park, “Fetal abdominal circumference as a
predictor of menstrual age,” AJR, 139 (2), 367-370, August 1982
4) F. P. Hadlock, R. L. Deter, R.B. Harrist, S.K. Park, “Fetal femur length as a predictor of
menstrual age: sonographically measured,” AJR, 138 (5), 875-878, May 1982
5) F. P. Hadlock, Y. P. Shah, D. J. Kanon, and J. V. Lindsey, “Fetal crown-rump length:
reevaluation of relation to menstrual age (5-18 weeks) with high-resolution real-time
US,” Radiology, 182 (2), 501-505, February 1992. Table 3

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-85


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Had 90%

Author’s Name Had-90% Had-90% Had-90%


Measurement HC AC FL

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90 %ile 10 - 90 %ile 10 - 90 %ile

Method Ellipse-Circ. Ellipse-Circ. Caliper

Range of Data 14 - 40 weeks 14 - 40 weeks 14 - 40 weeks

GA Table

Reference
F. P. Hadlock, R. L. Deter, R. B. Harrist, and S. K. Park, “Estimating fetal age:
computer-assisted analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters,” Radiology 152 (2), 497-501,
August 1984
Table data: 90 percentile data form <Growth format>

7-86 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Hadlock84

Author’s Name Hadlock84 Hadlock84 Hadlock84


Measurement BPD HC AC

Data interval 0.1 cm 0.1 cm 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ±


Day Day Day
Method Caliper Ellipse-Circ. Ellipse-Circ.

Range of Data 1.5 - 10.2 cm 5.5 - 35.8 cm 5.0 - 38.1 cm

GA Table

HC and AC data are built-in in increments of 0.1 cm.

Author’s Name Hadlock84 Hadlock84


Measurement FL HL

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-87


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Author’s Name Hadlock84 Hadlock84


Data interval 0.1 cm 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper. Caliper.

Range of Data 0.7 - 8.2 cm 1.0 - 6.9 cm

GA Table

Data in FL is built-in in increments of 0.1 cm.


Reference
F. P. Hadlock, R. L. Deter, R. B. Harrist, and S. K. Park, “Estimating fetal age:
computer-assisted analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters,” Radiology 152 (2), 497-501,
August 1984
Table 1 and Table 2

7-88 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Jeanty

Author’s Name Jeanty Jeanty Jeanty Jeanty


Measurement FL HL TIB ULNA

Data interval 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Data Form Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ±


Day Day Day Day
Method Caliper. Caliper. Caliper. Caliper.

Range of Data 1.0 - 8.0 cm 1.0 - 6.9 cm 1.0 - 6.9 cm 1.0 - 6.4 cm

GA Table

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-89


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Author’s Name Jeanty


Measurement BD

Data interval 0.1

Data Form Measurement ±


Day
Method Caliper.

Range of Data 1.5 - 6.5 cm

GA Table

Reference
P. Jeanty, F. Rodesch, D. Delbeke, and J. E. Dumont, “Estimation of gestational age from
measurements of fetal long bones,” J. Ultrasound Med. 3 (2), 75-79, 1984

7-90 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Jeanty 95%

Author’s Name Jeanty 95% Jeanty 95% Jeanty 95% Jeanty 95%
Measurement FL HL TIB ULNA

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile

Method Caliper Caliper Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 11 - 40 weeks 11 - 40 weeks 11 - 40 weeks 11 - 40 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name Jeanty 95%


Measurement RAD

Data interval 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile

Method Caliper

Range of Data 11 - 40 weeks

GA Table

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-91


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference
P Jeanty , “Fetal limb biometry,” Radiology 147 (2), 601-602, May 1983
Table data: 95 percentile data form <Growth format>

Campbell

Author’s Name Campbell Campbell Campbell Campbell


Measurement BPD HC AC FL

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper Ellipse-Circ. Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 40 weeks 13 - 40 weeks 13 - 40 weeks 15 - 40 weeks

GA Table

Reference
Materials provided:
Professor Campbell's Group at Harris Birthright Centre, King's College Hospital

7-92 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Merz

Author’s Name Merz Merz Merz Merz


Measurement BPD OFD HC2 TTD

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95% ile 5 - 95% ile 5 - 95% ile Week ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper Ellipse-Circ. Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name Merz Merz Merz Merz


Measurement APTD AC FL TIB

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile

Method Caliper Ellipse-Circ Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks

GA Table

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-93


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Author’s Name Merz Merz Merz Merz


Measurement FIB HL RAD ULNA

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile

Method Caliper Caliper Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks

GA Table

Reference
Merz, E.; Wellek, S., “Das normale fetale Wachstumsprofil - ein einheitliches Modell zur
Berechnung von Normkurven fur die gangigen Kopf - und Abdomenparameter sowie die grosen
Extremitatenknochen ,” Ultraschall in der Medizin 17 (4), 153-162, August 1996
English title: Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to Obtain Standard Development
Graphs for the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones
Table data: 95 percentile data form <Growth format>

7-94 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Shinozuka

Author’s Name Shinozuka Shinozuka Shinozuka Shinozuka


Measurement BPD A×T AC FL

Data interval 1 mm 2.0 cm2 0.5 cm 1 mm

Data Form Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ±


Day Day Day Day
Method Caliper Ellipse Ellipse-Circ. Caliper

Range of Data 13 - 90 mm 10.0 - 90.0 cm2 10.0 - 33.0 cm 20 - 70 mm

GA Table

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-95


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference
Shinozuka N, Masuda H, Kagawa H, Taketani Y., “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal
Biometry,” J. Med. Ultrasonics, 23, 877-888, 1996
Table 2, Table 3, Table 4 and Table 5.

Hansmann

Author’s Name Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann


Measurement CRL BPD OFD HC2

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper Caliper Ellipse-Circ

Range of Data 7 - 23 weeks 12 - 42 weeks 14 - 40 weeks 14 - 40 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann


Measurement TTD AC HL FL

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day Week ± Day

Method Caliper Ellipse-Circ Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 12 - 42 weeks 12 - 40 weeks 13 - 39 weeks 13 - 40 weeks

7-96 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Author’s Name Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann Hansmann


GA Table

Reference
Hansmann, H. & B.J. Hackelöer & A. Staudach, “Ultraschalldiagnostik in Geburtshilfe und
Gynäkologie, ” Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1985
English version:
Hansmann, H. & B.J. Hackeloer & A. Staudach, “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology, ” Springer-Verlag, New York, Heidelberg Berlin, Tokyo, 1985

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-97


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Rempen

Author’s Name Rempen Rempen Rempen


Measurement mGS CRL BPD

Data interval 0.1 cm 0.1 cm 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Measurement ± Measurement ±


Day Day Day
Method 3 Caliper (mean) Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 0.2 - 7.3 cm 0.2 - 7.8 cm 0.3 - 2.7 cm

GA Table

7-98 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference
Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (1.Trmenon)
Der Frauenarzt, 32, 4/1991

Chitkara U et al

Author’s Name Chitkara U et al Chitkara U et al


Measurement TC TL

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90% ile 10 - 90% ile

Method Ellipse-Circ Caliper

Range of Data 16 - 40 weeks 16 - 40 weeks

GA Table

Reference
Chitkara U., Rosenberg J., Chervenak F. A., Berkowitz G. S., Levine R., Fagerstrom R. M.,
Walker B., Berkowitz R. L., “Prenatal sonographic assessment of the fetal thorax: normal
values,” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 156 (5): 1069-1074, May 1987
Table 2

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-99


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Kurtz

Author’s Name Kurtz


Measurement BPD

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 2.0 - 9.8 weeks

GA Table

Reference
Alfred B. Kurtz, Ronald J. Wapner, Robert J. Kurtz, D. David Dershaw, Carl S. Rubin,
Catherine Cole-Beuglet and Barry B. Goldberg, “Analysis of biparietal diameter as an accurate
indicator of gestational age,” Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 8(4): 319-326, August 1980

7-100 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Sabbagha

Author’s Name Sabbagha


Measurement BPD

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 3.5 - 9.5 weeks

GA Table

Reference
Sabbagha R. E., Barton F. B., Barton B. A., “Sonar biparietal diameter. I. Analysis of percentile
growth differences in two normal populations using same methodology. ,” American Journal of
Obstetrics and Gynecology, 126 (4): 479-484, October 1976

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-101


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Hill

Author’s Name Hill


Measurement CD

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 1.4 - 5.6 cm

GA Table

Reference
Hill L.M., Guzick D., Fries J., Hixson J., Rivello D.., “The transverse cerebellar diameter in
estimating gestational age in the large for gestational age fetus,” Obstetrics and Gynecology,
75(6): 981-985, June 1990

7-102 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Goldstein

Author’s Name Goldstein Goldstein


Measurement CD1) EES 2)

Data interval 1.0 week 1 mm

Data Form 10 - 90% ile Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper Caliper

Range of Data 15 - 39 weeks 1 - 25 mm

GA Table

Reference

1) Goldstein I., Reece E. A., Pilu G., Bovicelli L., Hobbins J. C., “Cerebellar measurements
with ultrasonography in the evaluation of fetal growth and development,” American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 156(5): 1065-1069, May 1987
Table 1
2) S. R. Goldstein and R. Wolfson, “Endovaginal ultrasonographic measurement of early
embryonic size as a means of assessing gestational age,” Journal of Ultrasound in
Medicine, 13(1): 27-31, 1994
Figure 3

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-103


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Hellman

Author’s Name Hallman


Measurement mGS

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method 3 Caliper (mean)

Range of Data 1.0 - 6.0 cm

GA Table

Reference
Hellman L. M., Kobayashi M., Fillisti L., Lavenhar M., Cromb E.., “Growth and development
of the human fetus prior to the twentieth week of gestation,” American Journal of Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 103(6): 789-800, March 1969

7-104 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Robinson

Author’s Name Robinson


Measurement CRL

Data interval 0.2 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 0.6 - 7.8 cm

GA Table

Reference
Robinson H. P., Fleming J. E., “A critical evaluation of sonar “crown-rump length”
measurements,” British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 82(9): 702-710, September
1975

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-105


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Daya

Author’s Name Daya


Measurement CRL

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 0.2 cm to 8.0 cm

GA Table

Reference
Daya S., “Accuracy of gestational age estimation by means of fetal crown-rump length
measurement,” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 168(3 Pt1): 903-908, March
1993
Table Data: 9 <Dating Format>

7-106 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Nelson

Author’s Name Nelson


Measurement CRL

Data interval 0.2 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 1.0 cm to 9.0 cm

GA Table

Reference
Nelson L. H., “Comparison of methods for determining crown-rump measurement by real-time
ultrasound,” Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 9(2): 67-70, February 1981
Table Data: 9 <Dating Format>

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-107


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Hohler

Author’s Name Hohler


Measurement FL

Data interval 0.1 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 1.0 cm to 8.0 cm

GA Table

Reference
Hohler C. W., Quetel T. A., “Fetal femur length: equations for computer calculation of
gestational age from ultrasound measurements,” American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology, 143(4): 479-481, June 1982

7-108 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

O’Brien

Author’s Name O’Brien


Measurement FL

Data interval 1.0 week

Data Form Week ± 2.0SD

Method Caliper

Range of Data 14 weeks to 40 weeks

GA Table

Reference
O'Brien G.D., Queenan J.T., Campbell S., “Assessment of gestational age in the second
trimester by real-time ultrasound measurement of the femur length,” American Journal of
Obstetrics and Gynecology, 139(5): 540-545, March 1981

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-109


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Warda

Author’s Name Warda


Measurement FL

Data interval 0.2 cm

Data Form Measurement ± Day

Method Caliper

Range of Data 1.0 cm to 8.0 cm

GA Table

Reference
Warda A. H., Deter R.L., Rossavik I.K., Carpenter R.J., Hadlock F.P., “Fetal femur length: a
critical reevaluation of the relationship to menstrual age,” Obstetrics and Gynecology, 66(1):
69-75, July 1985

7-110 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Chitty

Author’s Name Chitty Chitty Chitty Chitty


Measurement BPD1) HC 1)
AC 2)
FL3)

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 3 - 97%ile 3- 97%ile 3 - 97%ile 3 - 97%ile

Method Caliper Ellipse-Circ Ellipse-Circ Caliper

Range of Data 12 weeks to 12 weeks to 12 weeks to 12 weeks to


42 weeks 42 weeks 42 weeks 42 weeks
GA Table

Reference

1) Chitty L. S., Altman D. G., Henderson A., Campbell S., “Charts of fetal size: 2. Head
measurements,” British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 101(1): 35-43, January
1994
2) Chitty L. S., Altman D. G., Henderson A., Campbell S., “Charts of fetal size: 3.
Abdominal measurements,” British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 101(2):
125-131, February 1994
3) Chitty L. S., Altman D. G., Henderson A., Campbell S., “Charts of fetal size: 4. Femur
length,” British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 101(2): 132-135, February 1994

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-111


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

JSUM’03

Author’s Name JSUM’03 JSUM’03 JSUM’03 JSUM’03


Measurement CRL BPD AC FL

Data interval 2 day 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90%ile Week ± 1.5SD Week ± 1.5SD Week ± 1.5SD

Method Caliper Caliper Elipse-Circ Caliper

Range of Data 49 days to 81 days 10 weeks to 16 weeks to 16weeks


42 weeks 42 weeks 42 weeks
GA Table

Reference
“Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of Fetus Ultrasound Measurement and
Japanese Standard Value”, J Med Ultrasonics, 30 (3): 415-440, 2003

7-112 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Sonek

Author’s Name Sonek


Measurement NBL

Data interval 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile

Method Caliper

Range of Data 11 weeks to 40


weeks
GA Table

Reference
Sonek J. D., McKenna D., Webb D., Croom C., Nicolaides K., “Nasal bone length throughout
gestation: normal ranges based on 3537 fetal ultrasound measurements”, Ultrasound in
Obstetrics and Gynecology, 21(2): 152-155, February 2003

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-113


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-2 FW growth table (Normal Range)

Author’s Name Brenner1) Osaka U2) Hadlock3) Shinozuka4)


FW Unit gram gram gram gram

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90%ile Week ± 1.5SD 10 - 90%ile Week ± 1.5SD

Range of Data 21 - 44 weeks 16 - 40 weeks 10 - 40 weeks 18 - 41 weeks

GA Table

Yarkoni
Author’s Name (Twins)5) Doubilet6) JSUM’037)
FW Unit gram gram gram

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile 10 - 90%ile Week ± 1.5SD

Range of Data 16 - 38 weeks 25 - 43 weeks 18 - 41 weeks

GA Table

7-114 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference:

1) Brenner W. E., Edelman D. A., Hendricks C. H., “A standard of fetal growth for the
United States of America,” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 126 (5):
555-564, November 1976
2) M. Aoki, “IUGR Diagnosis and Treatment: 1. IUGR Diagnosis by Ultrasonic
Measurement of Fetal Constitution”
Perinatal Care, 9 (5): 407-442, May 1990
3) Hadlock F.P., Harrist R.B., Martinez-Poyer J., “In utero analysis of fetal growth: a
sonographic weight standard,” Radiology, 181 (1): 129-133, October 1991
4) Shinozuka N, Masuda H, Kagawa H, Taketani Y., “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic
Fetal Biometry,” J. Med. Ultrasonics, 23, 877-888, 1996
5) Doubilet P. M., Benson C. B., Nadel A. S., Ringer, S. A.,“Improved birth weight table
for neonates developed from gestations dated by early ultrasonography,”J Ultrasound
Med., 142 (1): 241-249, April 1997
6) Yarkoni S., Reece E.A., Holford T., O'Connor T.Z., Hobbins J.C., ” Obstet Gynecol. 69
(4): 636-639, April 1987
7) “Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of Fetus Ultrasound Measurement
and Japanese Standard Value”, J Med Ultrasonics, 30 (3): 415-440, 2003

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-115


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-3 Interval Growth Rate Table

Author’s Name Levon N Levon N Levon N Levon N


Measurement Label BPD Average AD FL AC

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 weeks

Data Form 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile 10- 90%ile 10 - 90%ile

Range of Data 17 - 36 weeks 17 - 36 weeks 17 - 36 weeks 17 - 36 weeks

(4 weeks)

(6 weeks)

(8 weeks)

(10 weeks)

7-116 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference:
L. N. Nazarian, E. J. Halpern, A. B. Kurtz, W. W. Hauck and L. Needleman,“Normal interval
fetal growth rates based on obstetrical ultrasonographic measurements,” J Ultrasound Med. 14
(11): 829-836, Nov, 1995

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-117


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-4 Fetal Ratio Tables

Author’s Name Hadlock1) Hohler2) Hadlock3) Campbell4)


Parameters BPDo/OFDo FL/BPD FL/AC HC/AC

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Lower-Upper Lower-Upper Lower-Upper Lower-Upper

Range of Data 14 - 40 weeks 23 - 40 weeks 21 - 42 weeks 13 - 42 weeks

GA Table

Author’s Name P&J5) Hadlock6)


Parameters LVW/HW FL/HC

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form Lower-Upper Lower-Upper

Range of Data 15 - 38 weeks 15 - 42 weeks

GA Table

7-118 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Reference:

1) Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L., Carpenter R.J., Park S.K., “Estimating fetal age: effect of head
shape on BPD,” AJR, 137 (1): 83-85, July, 1981
2) Hohler C.W., Quetel T.A., “Comparison of ultrasound femur length and biparietal
diameter in late pregnancy,” Am J Obstet Gynecol., 141(7): 759-762, Dec, 1981
3) Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L., Harrist R.B., Roecker E., Park S.K., “A date-independent
predictor of intrauterine growth retardation: femur length/abdominal circumference
ratio,” AJR, 141(5): 979-984, November, 1983
4) Campbell S., Thoms A., “Ultrasound measurement of the fetal head to abdomen
circumference ratio in the assessment of growth retardation,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 84
(3): 165-174, March, 1977
5) Pretorius D.H., Drose J.A., Manco-Johnson M.L., “Fetal lateral ventricular ratio
determination during the second trimester,” J Ultrasound Med., 5 (3): 121-124, March,
1986
Johnson M.L., Dunne M.G., Mack L.A., Rashbaum C.L., “Evaluation of fetal
intracranial anatomy by static and real-time ultrasound,” J. Clin Ultrasound., 8 (4):
311-318, August, 1980
6) Hadlock F.P., Harrist R.B., Shah Y., Park S.K., “The femur length/head circumference
relation in obstetric sonography,” J. Ultrasound Med., 3 (10): 439-442, October, 1984

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-119


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-5 AFI Tables

Author’s Name Moore et al.1) Phelan et al.2) Jeng et al.3)


AFI Unit cm cm cm

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 2.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile Lower-Upper Week ± 1.0SD

Range of Data 16 - 42 weeks 36 - 42 weeks 13 - 41 weeks

AFI Table

Reference:

1) Moore T.R., Cayle J.E., “The amniotic fluid index in normal human pregnancy,” Am J
Obstet Gynecol., 162 (5): 1168-1173, May 1990
2) Phelan J.P., Smith C.V., Broussard P., Small M., “Amniotic fluid volume assessment
with the four-quadrant technique at 36-42 weeks' gestation,” J. Reprod Med.., 32 (7):
540-542, July 1987
3) Jeng C.J., Jou T.J., Wang K.G., Yang Y.C., Lee Y.N., Lan C.C., “Amniotic fluid index
measurement with the four-quadrant technique during pregnancy,” J. Reprod Med., 35
(7): 674-677, July 1990

7-120 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-6 RI, PI tables by Gestational Age (RI, PI range tables)

Shinozuka

Author’s Name Shinozuka Shinozuka Shinozuka Shinozuka


Dop Measurement MCA UmA MCA UmA

Parameters RI RI PI PI

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile

Range of Data 21 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks 21 - 41 weeks 13 - 41 weeks

MCA - RI

Reference:
Norio Shinozuka, Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology (N. Shinozuka's Home Page).
http://www.shinozuka.com/

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-121


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

JSUM’03

Author’s Name JSUM’03 - 90% JSUM’03 - 90% JSUM’03 - 90% JSUM’03 - 90%
Dop Measurement MCA UmA MCA UmA

Parameters RI RI PI PI

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile 10 - 90%ile

Range of Data 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks

MCA - RI

Author’s Name JSUM’03 - 95% JSUM’03 - 95% JSUM’03 - 95% JSUM’03 - 95%
Dop Measurement MCA UmA MCA UmA

Parameters RI RI PI PI

Data interval 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week 1.0 week

Data Form 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile 5 - 95%ile

Range of Data 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks 20 - 41 weeks

MCA - RI

Reference
“Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of Fetus Ultrasound Measurement and
Japanese Standard Value”, J Med Ultrasonics, 30 (3): 415-440, 2003

7-122 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-4-7 Other clinical references

B mode, M mode

1) CTR

• D Paladini, S K Chita, and L D Allan. “Prenatal measurement of cardiothoracic ratio in


evaluation of heart disease.” Arch Dis Child. 1990 January, 65 (1 Spec No) 20-23.
2) CTAR

• Chiba Y, Kobayashi H, Kanzaki T, Murakami M. “Quantitative analysis of cardiac function


in non-immunological hydrops fetalis.” Fetal Diagn Ther. 1990, 5 (3-4), 175-188.
3) AFV, AF Pocket

• Manning FA, Hill LM, Platt LD. “Qualitative amniotic fluid volume determination by
ultrasound: antepartum detection of intrauterine growth retardation.” Am J Obstet Gynecol.
1981 February 1, 139 (3), 254-258.
4) Cervix

• Andersen HF, Nugent CE, Wanty SD, Hayashi RH. “Prediction of risk for preterm delivery
by ultrasonographic measurement of cervical length.”Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1990
September, 163 (3), 859-867
5) Fetal Heart Rate

• Peter W. Callen MD. “Ultrasonography in Obstetrics and Gynecology” 4th Edition,


Saunders, 2000, p.132.
6) LV Function (EF, FS), LVOT, RVOT

• Yoshihide Chiba “Ultrasound in obstetrics & gynecology,” Kinpodo. 1985, p137-138, p50,

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-123


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

D mode

1) Fetal Doppler Recommendation

• Kleinman C.S., Huhta J.C., Silverman N.H., “Doppler echocardiography in the human
fetus,” J Am Soc Echocardiogr., 1988 July-August, 1(4), 287-290
2) Uterine Artery, Umbilical artery, MCA, Descending Aorta, Renal Artery: PI, RI, S/D

• H. Fendel & Ch. Sohn (translated by M. Sekizuka, translation supervised by K. Maeda),


“Ultrasonic Doppler methods for obstetrics” (Dopplersonographic in der Geburtshife),
MEDICAL VIEW, 1992, ISBN4-89553-288-7
3) Uterine Artery
PI, S/D

• McCowan LM, Ritchie K, Mo LY, Bascom PA, Sherret H., “Uterine artery flow velocity
waveforms in normal and growth-retarded pregnancies,” Am J Obstet Gynecol., 1988
March, 158 (3 Pt1), 499-504
RI

• Bewley S, Campbell S, Cooper D., “Uteroplacental Doppler flow velocity waveforms in


the second trimester. A complex circulation,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1989, September, 96
(9), 1040-1046.
• Campbell S, Diaz-Recasens J, Griffin DR, Cohen-Overbeek TE, Pearce JM, Willson K,
Teague MJ., “New doppler technique for assessing uteroplacental blood flow,” Lancet.,
1983 March 26, 1 (8326 Pt 1), 675-677
S/D

• Trudinger BJ, Giles WB, Cook CM., “Uteroplacental blood flow velocity-time waveforms
in normal and complicated pregnancy,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1985 January, 92 (1), 39-45
• Trudinger BJ, Giles WB, Cook CM., “Flow velocity waveforms in the maternal
uteroplacental and fetal umbilical placental circulations,” Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1985, May
15, 152 (2), 155-163
4) Umbilical artery
PI, RI (=Pourcelot ratio ), S/D

• Thompson RS, Trudinger BJ, Cook CM., “Doppler ultrasound waveform indices: A/B
ratio, pulsatility index and Pourcelot ratio,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol.1988 June, 95 (6),
581-588
• Thompson RS, Trudinger BJ, Cook CM, Giles WB., “Umbilical artery velocity waveforms:
normal reference values for A/B ratio and Pourcelot ratio,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1988
June, 95 (6), 589-591
S/D = A/B

• Trudinger BJ, Giles WB, Cook CM, Bombardieri J, Collins L., “Fetal umbilical artery flow
velocity waveforms and placental resistance: clinical significance,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol.,
1985 January, 92 (1), 23-30
• Giles WB, Trudinger BJ, Baird PJ., “Fetal umbilical artery flow velocity waveforms and
placental resistance: pathological correlation.,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1985 January, 92
(1), 31-38

7-124 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

• Schulman H, Fleischer A, Stern W, Farmakides G, Jagani N, Blattner P., “Umbilical


velocity wave ratios in human pregnancy,” Am J Obstet Gynecol., 1984 April 1, 148 (7),
985-990
• Trudinger BJ, Giles WB, Cook CM., “Flow velocity waveforms in the maternal
uteroplacental and fetal umbilical placental circulations,” Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1985, May
15, 152 (2), 155-163
PI

• Erskine RL, Ritchie JW., “Umbilical artery blood flow characteristics in normal and
growth-retarded fetuses,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1985 June, 92 (6), 605-610
5) MCA
PI

• Vyas S, Nicolaides KH, Bower S, Campbell S., “Middle cerebral artery flow velocity
waveforms in fetal hypoxaemia,” Br J Obstet Gynaecol., 1990 September, 97 (9), 797-803
S/D

• Woo JS, Liang ST, Lo RL, Chan FY., “Middle cerebral artery Doppler flow velocity
waveforms,” Obstet Gynecol., 1987 October, 70 (4), 613-616
6) Renal artery, PI

• Vyas S, Nicolaides KH, Campbell S., “Renal artery flow-velocity waveforms in normal and
hypoxemic fetuses,” Am J Obstet Gynecol., 1989 July, 161 (1), 168-172
7) PLI (Pre Load Index)

• Kanzaki T, Chiba Y., “Evaluation of the preload condition of the fetus by inferior vena
caval blood flow pattern,” Fetal Diagn Ther., 1990, 5 (3-4), 168-174

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-125


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

7-5-5 Abbreviation

Abbreviation Meaning
AB Abortus
AC Abdominal Circumference
AD Abdominal Diameter
AF Amniotic Fluid
AFI Amniotic Fluid Index
AF Pocket Amnio Fluid Pocket
AFV Amniotic Fluid Volume
APTD or (APD) Antero Posterior Trunk Diameter
A×T APTD × TTD
B B (CTR, CTAR)
BBT Based on Basal Body Temperature
BD Binocular Distance
BPD Biparietal Diameter
BPDo Biparietal Diameter (outer to outer)
CD Cerebral Diameter
CI Cephalic Index
CRL Crown Rump Length
CSA Cross Sectional Area
CTAR Cardio thoracic Area Ratio
CTR Cardio thoracic Ratio
D-Ao Descending Aorta
ECTOP Ectopic
EDC Estimated Date of Confinement
EDV End Diastolic Velocity
EDV End Diastolic Volume
EES Early Embryonic Size
EF Ejection Fraction
ESV End Systolic Volume
FHR Fetus Heart Rate
FIB Fibula
FL Femur Length
FS Fractional Shortening
FTA Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area
FW Fetus Weight
GA Gestational Age
Grav Gravida
GS Gestational Sac

7-126 MN1-5856 rev.1


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Abbreviation Meaning
HC Head Circumference
HL Humerus Length
HW Hemispheric Width
IOD Inner Orbital Diameter
LMP Last Menstrual Period
Lt Left
LV Length of Vertebrae
LV Function Left Ventricular Function
LVIDd,s Left ventricular Internal Diameter (Diastole, Systole)
LVOT Left Ventricular Out Tract diameter
LVOT Flow Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Flow
LVW Lateral Ventricular Width
MCA Middle Cerebral Artery
mGS mean Gestational Sac
MnV Mean Velocity
NBL Nasal Bone Length
NT Nuchal Translucency
OBDop OB Doppler
OFD Occipital Frontal Diameter
OFDo Occipital Frontal Diameter (outer to outer)
OOD Outer Orbital Diameter
Para Para
PI Pulsatility Index
PLI Preload Index
PreFHR Fetus Heart Rate Before Biopsy
Pst FHR Fetus Heart Rate after Biopsy
PSV Peak Systolic Velocity
pV peak Velocity
RAD Radius length
Renal-A Renal Artery
RI Resistance Index
Rt Right
Rt./Lt. Right/Left
RVDd Right Ventricular Diameter (diastole)
RVOT Right Ventricular Out Tract diameter
RVOT Flow Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Flow
S/D S/D ratio
SF Systolic forward Flow PLI
SV Stroke Volume

MN1-5856 rev.1 7-127


7 Obstetrical Measurement
7-5 References

Abbreviation Meaning
TC Thoracic Circumference
TIB Tibia length
TL Thoracic Length
TTD(or TAD) Transverse Trunk Diameter
(or Transverse Abdominal Diameter)
ULNA Ulna length
UmA Umbilical Artery
US-EDC Estimated Date of Confinement by Ultrasound all GA parameters
US-GA Composite GA by Ultrasound
UtA Uterine Artery
Vm Mean Velocity
VTI Velocity Time Integral

7-128 MN1-5856 rev.1


INDEX

INDEX
Symbols Aorta Diam 3-2, 3-15 Basic measurements are displayed
APD 7-5 together 2-74
APTD 7-5 BasV 9-3, 9-23
%STENO Area 3-2, 3-13, 9-7
AR Flow 8-5, 8-46 BD 7-6
%STENO Diam 3-2, 3-12, 9-6
AR Vol. PISA 8-5, 8-61 BIF_IMT 9-2, 9-14
%Stenosis Block 3-28, 9-32
Area-C 2-8 BIFUR 9-2, 9-17
+Mark Key Assignment 2-92, 3-55, 4-43,
Area-Circle 2-2, 2-8 Bladder 6-3
5-37, 6-42, 7-74, 8-102, 9-60
Area-E 2-8 Bladder & Testis 4-3, 4-21
Area-Ellipse 2-2, 2-8 Bladder Block 4-21, 6-20
Area-Length 2-66, 8-2, 8-11 Bladder Vol 4-2
A Area-T. 2-7 Bladder Volume 4-10, 6-2, 6-12
Area-Trace 2-2, 2-7 Bony roof angle 2-20
AA 9-3, 9-20 Artery Bony roof line 2-20, 2-21
A-Ao 3-2, 3-17 Abdom 3-3, 3-17 BPD 7-4, 7-7
Abdom Preset 3-47 Renal 7-3, 7-33 BPDo 7-4, 7-7
Abdom Ratio Block 3-30 Umbilical 7-3, 7-33 BP-Ellipse 8-2, 8-15
Abdominal Aorta Block 3-28 Uterine 7-3, 7-33 BPP Block 7-42
AC 7-5, 7-7, 7-13 Artery 1 3-3, 3-17 BPP Scoring 7-55
ACA 9-3, 9-26 Artery 2 3-3, 3-17 BPP/Amnio Study 7-55, 7-56
ACCEL 2-3, 2-32 Artery 3 3-3, 3-17 Breast 5-3, 5-14
ACoA 9-3, 9-26 Artery Doppler Block 3-29 Breast Doppler 5-15
AD 7-5, 7-13 AS Flow 8-5, 8-44 Breast Schema 5-14
Adrenal 4-2, 4-14 Asynchrony 8-4, 8-41 Breast schema 5-20, 5-22
Adrenal Block 4-22 ATA 9-3, 9-20 BreDop 5-2, 5-9
AF Pocket 7-2, 7-24 ATV 9-3, 9-23 Built-in & User-defined table
AFI 7-2, 7-22 Auto NT 7-26 AFI 7-69
AFV 7-2, 7-24 Auto Trace 1-17 Doppler Table 7-70
All Initialize 2-64 Automatically be Displayed US Images Fetus Ratio 7-69
Amnio/CVS 7-56 Number 2-73 FW Equation 7-68
Amnio/CVS Block 7-42 AV 9-3, 9-23 FW Growth 7-69
Amniocentesis 7-56 AV Async. 8-71 GA Table 7-68
Anatomy Check List 6-38, 6-40, 6-43, AV Asynchrony 8-6 Bullet 8-2, 8-20
7-52, 7-53, 7-54, 7-78, 9-42, 9-43, 9-44, AVA 8-3, 8-28 BV 9-3, 9-23
9-56, 9-58 AXT 7-5, 7-13
Carotid Study 9-62
Lower Extremity Artery Study 9-63
C
Lower Extremity Vein Study 9-63
B
Upper Extremity Artery Study 9-62
C.A. Stenosis 8-69
Upper Extremity Vein Study 9-62
B mode LV Function Block 8-79 C.A.1 Flow Doppler Block 8-80
Anatomy Check List Block 6-20, 6-26,
B Trace 1-14, 2-6, 2-7 C.A.1(Peak) 8-6, 8-68
7-42, 9-34
B.Index 2-2, 2-17 C.A.1(Rest) 8-6, 8-68
Angle 2-2
BA 9-3, 9-20, 9-26 C.A.2(Peak) 8-6, 8-68
2 Caliper 2-15
BasA 9-3, 9-20 C.A.2(Rest) 8-6, 8-68
Point 2-16
Baseline 2-21 C.A.3(Peak) 8-6, 8-68

MN1-5856 rev.1
INDEX

C.A.3(Rest) 8-6, 8-68 Cross Point 2-67 Small Parts 5-11


C.A.Stenosis 8-6, 8-70 CTAR 7-2, 7-25 TCD Study 9-28
CA 3-2, 3-17 CTR 7-2, 7-25 Upr Extr A 9-22, 9-25
Caliper 1-12 Cycle Day Endom-T Block 6-21 Dop Trace 7-33, 7-35
max-IMT 9-12 Cycle Day Follicles Block 6-21 Abdom 3-18
mean-IMT 9-8 Cycle Day Follicles Volume Block 6-21 Carotid Artery 9-18
Caliper Auto Off 2-56, 2-71, 3-51, 4-39, Gynecology 6-14
5-33, 6-38, 7-67, 8-98, 9-56 Lwr Extr A 9-21, 9-24
Caliper Mark Control 2-68 D Small Parts 5-10
Car%StenoA 9-2 TCD Study 9-27
Car%StenoD 9-2 Upr Extr A 9-21, 9-24
D. Trace Direction 2-45
Cardio Preset 8-93 Urology 4-16, 4-17
D.Caliper1 2-4, 2-35
Carotid Artery Block 9-31 Doppler Block 6-20
D.Caliper2 2-4, 2-35
Carotid F. Volume Block 9-31 Doppler Trace 1-16
D.Index 2-4, 2-36
Cartilage roof angle 2-20 Auto Trace 1-17
D.Trace1 2-4, 2-42
Cartilage roof line 2-20, 2-21 Manual Trace 1-16
D.Trace2 2-4, 2-42
CBD 3-2, 3-6 Dotted Line 2-68
D.Vel1 2-30
CCA_IMT 9-2, 9-14 DPA 9-3, 9-20
D.Vel2 2-31
CD 7-6 DPV 9-3, 9-23
D/W ratio 5-2, 5-5, 5-15
Cervix 6-2, 6-7, 7-2, 7-28 Drug & Serum Block 6-25
D-Ao 7-3, 7-33
CFA 9-3, 9-20 Drug & SerumBlock 6-21
DBA 9-3, 9-20
CFV 9-3, 9-23 Drug Administration 6-25
DBV 9-3, 9-23
CHA 3-2, 3-17 dCCA 9-2, 9-17
CIA 3-3, 3-17, 9-3, 9-20 Delete Reserved Word 2-82
Circle 1-15, 2-8 Delete User's Calculation 2-76 E
CIV 9-3, 9-23 Descending Aorta 7-3, 7-33
Clear 2-56 DFA 9-3, 9-20 ECA 9-2, 9-17
Cmean-IMT 9-10 DFV 9-3, 9-23 ECA_IMT 9-2, 9-14
CmeanIMT 9-2 dICA 9-2, 9-17 EES 7-4
COEF 2-47 DICOM SR 3-44, 6-34, 7-62, 8-91, 9-50 EIA 9-3, 9-20
Combined Report Display 2-87, 3-53, Digital Findings 4-27 EIV 9-3, 9-23
4-41, 5-35, 6-41, 7-72, 8-100, 9-59 Display Data 2-72 Ellipse 1-13, 2-8
Comments 3-37, 4-26, 5-19, 6-24, 7-49, Display Form 2-74, 2-76, 2-82, 3-51, Endom-T 6-2, 6-6
8-83, 9-40 4-40, 5-33, 6-39, 7-70, 8-99, 9-57
Common Bile Duct 3-6 Display Pasted US Image From on the
Common Bile Duct Block 3-28 Screen 2-73 F
Composite US-EDC 7-51 Dist. 2-6
Composite US-GA 7-51 Distal Shunt 3-3, 3-20 F.Volume (Vein) 2-5
Copy 2-65 Distance 2-2 Fetal Cardiac Block 7-41
Copy From 2-65 Dist. 2-6 Fetal Cardiac Doppler Block 7-42
Copy from Other Study 2-85 Dist-trace 2-6 Fetal Doppler Block 7-42, 7-44, 7-45
Coronary 8-68 Dist-trace 2-2, 2-6 Fetus Ratio 7-2, 7-20
Cortex T 4-2, 4-13 dLAD(Peak) 8-6, 8-68 FHR 7-2, 7-29
Create Measurement Tools 2-65, 6-35 dLAD(Rest) 8-6, 8-68 FIB 7-6
Create Reserve word 2-82 Dop Caliper Findings 3-38, 4-28
Create User's Calculation 2-77 Abdom 3-19, 3-21 Kidney Block 4-29
CRL 7-4 Carotid Artery 9-19 Prostate & SV Block 4-29
Cross Line 2-67 Lwr Extr A 9-22, 9-25

MN1-5856 rev.1
INDEX

FL 7-5, 7-7 GS 7-4 K


Flow Profile 2-52 GYN 6-3
Flow Volume GYN Preset 6-36
Kidney 4-3, 4-21
Abdom Artery (MnV) 3-3, 3-24 GynDop 6-2, 6-16
Kidney Block 4-21
Abdom Artery (VTI) 3-3, 3-25
Abdom Vein 3-3, 3-22
Basic 2-47 H L
Follicles 6-2, 6-3, 6-9
Follicles Block 6-21 HA 3-3, 3-17
Follicles Study 6-6 LA Volume
HC 7-4, 7-7, 7-13
Follicles Volume 6-2, 6-11 Area-Length 8-3, 8-30
HC2 7-13
Follicles Volume Block 6-21 Simpson 8-3, 8-32, 8-33
Header Block 3-28, 4-21, 5-14, 5-15,
Freeze Trigger 2-46 LA/AO 8-3, 8-4, 8-26, 8-39
6-20, 7-41, 7-43, 8-79, 9-31
FTA 7-5, 7-13 LCX(Peak) 8-6, 8-68
Heart Rate 2-25, 2-29
FV (Artery) MnV 2-5, 2-47, 2-48 LCX(Rest) 8-6, 8-68
Hepatic Doppler Block 3-29
FV (Artery) VTI 2-5, 2-49 Lesion Breast 5-4
Hip J Angle 2-2, 2-20
FV (Vein) 2-50 Lesion Breast & NT dist 5-14
Hip type 2-22
FV(Artery) Ab MnV 3-3, 3-24 Lesion(Breast) 5-2
Histogram 2-2, 2-18
FV(Artery) Ab VTI 3-3, 3-25 Line 2-67
HL 7-5
FV(Vein) Abdom 3-3, 3-22 Liver 3-2, 3-7
Horizontal L 2-67
FW 7-2 Liver Block 3-28
Hot Key Assignment 2-93, 3-55, 4-43,
FW Campbell 7-7 Lower Extr. A F.Volume Block 9-33
5-37, 6-42, 7-74, 8-102, 9-60
FW Hadlock 7-7 Lower Extr. V Block 9-33
HR 2-3
FW Hansmann 7-7 Lower Extr.A Block 9-33
HW 7-6, 7-7
FW JSUM’03 7-7 LV 7-5
FW Osaka U 7-7 LV Function 7-2, 7-30
FW Shapard 7-7 LV Mass 8-3, 8-24
I LVOT Flow 7-3, 7-38, 8-4, 8-43
FW Shinozuka 7-7
FW Tokyo U 7-7 LVOT Flow Doppler Block 8-79
ICA 9-2, 9-17 LVW 7-6, 7-7
FW Warsof 7-7
ICA_IMT 9-2, 9-14 Lwr Art 9-20
IIA 9-3, 9-20 Lwr Art. 9-3
IIV 9-3, 9-23 Lwr Vein 9-3, 9-23
G
IMA 3-2, 3-17 Lwr%StenoA 9-2
IMT Lwr%StenoD 9-2
GA 7-2 max-IMT 9-13 Lymph Node Schema 5-24
GA, FW & Ratio Block 7-41, 7-43, 7-44, mean-IMT 9-9 Lymph NodeSchema 5-14
7-45 IMT Auto
Gallbladder 3-2, 3-5 max-IMT 9-14
Gallbladder Block 3-28
GB Wall-T 3-2, 3-6
mean-IMT 9-10 M
IMT Auto Measurement Block 9-31
Gibson 8-3, 8-4, 8-22, 8-34 IMT Block 9-32
Graf’s classification 2-22 M mode LV Function Block 8-79
InterV. Async. 8-6, 8-72
Graft(Peak) 8-6, 8-68 M. Index 2-3
IntraV. Asynch. 8-41
Graft(Rest) 8-6, 8-68 M. Length 2-3, 2-23
IOD 7-6
Graph 3-31, 4-22, 7-15, 7-19, 7-21, 7-23, M. VEL 2-26
Isthmus Thickness 5-2, 5-8
7-34, 7-44, 7-45 M.Index 2-27
IVC 8-3, 8-4, 8-29, 8-40
Growth Analysis 7-15, 7-19, 7-21 Main PV 3-3, 3-20
Growth Chart 7-16

MN1-5856 rev.1
INDEX

Mark Display 2-75, 3-51, 4-40, 5-33, O Plaque score Block 9-32, 9-41
6-39, 7-70, 8-99, 9-57 PLI 7-3, 7-37
Mark Indicator 2-69 Pombo 8-3, 8-4, 8-22, 8-34
OB Preset 7-65
max-IMT 9-2 PopA 9-3, 9-20
OBDop 7-3, 7-35
Caliper 9-12 PopV 9-3, 9-23
Obstetrics 7-33, 7-35
IMT 9-13 Portal Vein Block 3-28
OFD 7-4, 7-7
IMT Auto 9-14 Position 6-25
OFDo 7-4
MCA 7-3, 7-33, 9-3, 9-26 Post P SMA 3-3, 3-17
OOD 7-6
mCCA 9-2, 9-17 PR Flow 8-5, 8-51
Operational guide message display 2-90
Mean VEL 2-4, 2-37 PR Vol. PISA 8-5, 8-61
Other 2-90, 3-54, 4-42, 5-36, 6-41, 7-73,
mean-IMT 9-2 Prandinal SMA 3-17
8-101, 9-59
Caliper 9-8 Pre Bldr Vol 4-10, 6-12
Other Block 7-41, 7-43
IMT 9-9 Pre HR 7-2
OUtput
IMT Auto 9-10 Pre P SMA 3-3, 3-17
Export CSV File 6-33
Measure SW Assignment 2-94, 3-55, Pre Shunt PV 3-3, 3-20
Output
4-43, 5-37, 6-42, 7-74, 8-102, 9-60 PreHR 7-29
Create SR 3-44, 6-34, 7-62, 8-91, 9-50
Measured Method & Display Items 2-66 preset
Export CSV File 3-43, 4-34, 5-29,
B.Mode 3-48, 4-38, 5-32, 6-37, 7-66, All Initialize 2-64
7-61, 8-90, 9-49
8-94, 9-53 Display 1-6, 2-61
to PC 3-42, 4-33, 5-28, 6-32, 7-60,
D.Mode 3-49, 4-38, 5-32, 6-37, 7-67, Set-Up 2-61
8-89, 9-48
8-96, 9-53 Printer Property 3-41, 4-32, 5-27, 6-31,
to Printer 3-40, 4-31, 5-26, 6-30, 7-58,
M.Mode 7-66, 8-95 7-59, 8-88
8-87, 9-46
Menu Assign 2-86, 3-53, 4-41, 5-35, 6-40, Printer property 9-47
OvA 6-14
7-72, 8-100, 9-58 Prostate & SV 4-3, 4-21
Ovarian Artery 6-2, 6-14
Mesenteric Doppler Block 3-30 Prostate Block 4-21
Ovary 6-2, 6-8
Method & Unit 2-77 Prox Shunt 3-3, 3-20
Ovary Block 6-20
mGS 7-4 proximal LAD Flow Doppler Block 8-80
mICA 9-2, 9-17 PRS Slice Vol. 4-2
Mid Shunt 3-3, 3-20 PRS Slice Volume 4-7
Mitral V 8-4, 8-36
P PS Flow 8-5, 8-50
Move on to next measurement with 1-11, PSA Volume 4-2, 4-5
2-69 P1/2T 2-4, 2-34 Pst Bldr Vol 4-10, 6-12
MR Flow 8-5, 8-57 Package Result Display 2-74 Pst HR 7-2
MR Vol. PISA 8-5, 8-61 Pancreas 3-2, 3-8 PstHR 7-29
MS Flow 8-5, 8-55 Pancreas Block 3-28 PTA 9-3, 9-20
M-Simpson 8-2, 8-18 PCA 9-3, 9-26 PTV 9-3, 9-23
MVA 8-3, 8-28 PCAR 4-7 Pulmonary V 8-4, 8-38
pCCA 9-2, 9-17 Pulsatility Index 2-38
PCoA 9-3, 9-26 PV 3-3, 3-20
P-Duct 3-2, 3-9
N PV Diam 3-2, 3-15
PerA 9-3, 9-20 PV Flow 8-6, 8-63
PerV 9-3, 9-23
Name Assignment 2-67
PI 2-4, 2-38
NBL 7-6
pICA 9-2, 9-17
NT 7-6 R
PISA 8-61
NT dist 5-2, 5-6
Pitch 4-8
Nuchal Translucency 7-26 RA 9-3, 9-20
pLAD(Peak) 8-6, 8-68
Nuchal Translucency Block 7-41 RA Volume
pLAD(Rest) 8-6, 8-68
Area-Length 8-4, 8-30

MN1-5856 rev.1
INDEX

Simpson 8-4, 8-32, 8-33 Main LCA 8-84 Point 8-65


RAD 7-6 RCA 8-84 TDI PW1 8-6
Ratio 8-3, 8-27 Shunt 3-3, 3-20 TDI PW2 8-6
RCA(Peak) 8-6, 8-68 Shunt Doppler Block 3-29 Teichhholz 8-3, 8-4, 8-22, 8-34
RCA(Rest) 8-6, 8-68 Simpson (Disc) 8-2, 8-12 Testicles Block 4-21
Real Time Doppler Auto Trace 2-43 Site Information Block 3-28, 4-21, 5-14, Testis Vol 4-2, 4-11
Regurg Flow 2-4, 2-41 5-15, 6-20, 7-41, 8-79, 9-31 The 5-15
Renal Artery 3-3, 4-2, 4-16, 7-3, 7-33 SMA 3-2, 3-3, 3-17 ThyDop 5-2, 5-9
Renal Artery Block 3-29 Small Parts Preset 5-31 Thyroid 5-3, 5-15
Renal Volume 3-2, 3-10, 4-2, 4-12 SOL Block 3-28 Thyroid Volume 5-2, 5-7, 5-15
Renal Volume Block 3-28 SOL1 3-2, 3-14 TIB 7-6
Renal-A 3-17 SOL2 3-2, 3-14 TICA 9-3, 9-26
Report Data 2-72, 3-51, 4-39, 5-33, 6-38, SPA 9-3, 9-20 Time 2-3, 2-24, 2-28
7-68, 8-98, 9-56 Space Occupying Lesions 3-14 Time to Onset 8-6, 8-73
Reserved Word 2-77, 2-82, 3-52, 4-40, Specify Wall Position 2-66 Time to Peak 8-6, 8-75
5-34, 6-39, 7-71, 8-99, 9-57 Spleen 3-2, 3-11 TL 7-4
Resistance Index 2-33 Spleen Block 3-28 TR Flow 8-6, 8-59
Results Display Window Style 2-74 SPV 9-3, 9-23 TR Vol. PISA 8-6, 8-61
RI 2-3, 2-33 STENO Flow 2-4, 2-40 Trace Manual 1-16, 1-17
ROI Shape 2-18 Storage Data Number 2-72 Trans M Flow 8-5
ROI Size 2-18 Study Dop Trace 8-53
RV 9-3, 9-23 Bladder 6-3 Point 8-54
RVD 8-3, 8-25 Bladder & Testis 4-3, 4-21 Transfer 2-57, 7-14
RVOT Flow 7-3, 7-38, 8-5, 8-48 BPP/Amnio 7-55, 7-56 Transfer from Report Data 2-72
Breast 5-3, 5-14 Transfer List Assign 2-88, 3-54, 4-42,
Follicles 6-3, 6-25 5-36, 6-41, 7-73, 8-101, 9-59
S GYN 6-3, 6-25 Tricuspid V 8-4, 8-37
Kidney 4-3, 4-21 TS Flow 8-5, 8-58
Prostate & SV 4-3, 4-21 TTD 7-5
SA 3-2, 3-17
Thyroid 5-3, 5-15 Tube 6-25
Save Wave Trace 2-72
Study Assignment 2-84, 3-53, 4-41, 5-35, Tyroid Doppler 5-15
ScA 9-3, 9-20
Schema 6-40, 7-72, 8-100, 9-58
SV/CO 2-5, 2-51
Breast 5-20, 5-22
Lymph Node 5-24 SW Assignment 2-91 U
ScV 9-3, 9-23
Sel Ch 2-55 UA 9-3, 9-20
Seminal V. 4-2 T ULNA 7-6
Seminal Vesicles 4-9 UmA 7-3, 7-33
Seminal Vesicles Block 4-21 TAD 7-5 Umbilical Artery 7-3, 7-33
Serum Levels 6-25 TC 7-4, 7-13 Unit Selection 2-70, 4-39
Set-Up 2-61 TCD Block 9-33 Upper Extr. A Block 9-32
SFA 9-3, 9-20 TCD F.Volume Block 9-34 Upper Extr. A F. Volume Block 9-32
SFV 9-3, 9-23 TDI PW Upper Extr. V Block 9-33
Shema Dop Trace 8-66 Upr Art 9-20
ALL 8-84 Point 8-65 Upr Art. 9-3
Coronary 8-84 TDI PW M 8-6 Upr Vein 9-3
LAD 8-84 TDI PW MA Upr%StenoA 9-2
LCX 8-84 Dop Trace 8-66 Upr%StenoD 9-2

MN1-5856 rev.1
INDEX

URO Preset 4-37 W


Uro. Doppler Measurement Block 4-22
UroDop 4-2, 4-17
W.Trace 3-32, 9-35
US Image Block 3-34, 4-23, 5-16, 6-22,
7-47, 8-81, 9-37
User’s Calculation 2-76, 3-52, 4-40, 5-34,
6-39, 7-71, 8-99, 9-57
UtA 6-14
Uterine Artery 6-2, 6-14, 7-3, 7-33
Uterus 6-2, 6-5
Uterus Block 6-20
UV 9-3, 9-23

VA 9-3, 9-26
Vascular Preset 9-52
Velocity 2-3
Velocity1 2-3
Velocity2 2-3
VERT 9-2, 9-17
Vertical L 2-67
Volume
3 Caliper 2-9
Area-Length 2-9
Bladder 4-2, 4-10, 6-2, 6-12
Ellipse 2-9
Ellpse+Caliper 2-9
Follicles 6-2, 6-11
PRS Slice 4-2, 4-7
PSA 4-2, 4-5
Renal 3-2, 4-2, 4-12
Seminal 4-2
Testis 4-2, 4-11
Thyroid 5-2, 5-7
Volume 1 2-2, 2-9
Volume 2 2-2, 2-9
Volume1
3Caliper 2-12
Area-Length 2-10
Ellipse 2-13
Ellipse+Caliper 2-14
Volume2
3 Caliper 2-12
Area-Length 2-10
Ellipse 2-13
Ellipse+Caliper 2-14

MN1-5856 rev.1
Recycling or Disposal

Recycle or dispose of this equipment properly according to your organizational rules and your
local laws.

This symbol on the equipment or on its packaging indicates that this equipment shall not be
treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point
for the recycling of electrical and electronic products. By ensuring this equipment is disposed
of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and
human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this
equipment. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources.

The equipment contains a primary battery (lithium battery). You should recycle or dispose of
this equipment properly according to your organizational rules and your local laws. For more
detailed information about recycling of this equipment, please contact one of our offices listed
on back cover, or your household waste disposal service.

MN1-5856 rev.1
6-22-1 Mure, Mitaka-Shi, Tokyo, 181-8622 Japan
Tel: +81-422-45-6049
URL: http://www.hitachi-aloka.com

Overseas Offices:

Hitachi Medical Ultrasound Logistics,


Zweigniederlassung der Hitachi Medical Systems Europe Holding AG
Carl-Zeiss-Strasse 5, D-72555 Metzingen, Germany

Distributor

MN1-5856 rev.1 010200 20140326

You might also like